HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX Bedienungsanleitung

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710

Zur Seite of

Richtige Gebrauchsanleitung

Die Vorschriften verpflichten den Verkäufer zur Übertragung der Gebrauchsanleitung HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX an den Erwerber, zusammen mit der Ware. Eine fehlende Anleitung oder falsche Informationen, die dem Verbraucher übertragen werden, bilden eine Grundlage für eine Reklamation aufgrund Unstimmigkeit des Geräts mit dem Vertrag. Rechtsmäßig lässt man das Anfügen einer Gebrauchsanleitung in anderer Form als Papierform zu, was letztens sehr oft genutzt wird, indem man eine grafische oder elektronische Anleitung von HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX, sowie Anleitungsvideos für Nutzer beifügt. Die Bedingung ist, dass ihre Form leserlich und verständlich ist.

Was ist eine Gebrauchsanleitung?

Das Wort kommt vom lateinischen „instructio”, d.h. ordnen. Demnach kann man in der Anleitung HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX die Beschreibung der Etappen der Vorgehensweisen finden. Das Ziel der Anleitung ist die Belehrung, Vereinfachung des Starts, der Nutzung des Geräts oder auch der Ausführung bestimmter Tätigkeiten. Die Anleitung ist eine Sammlung von Informationen über ein Gegenstand/eine Dienstleistung, ein Hinweis.

Leider widmen nicht viele Nutzer ihre Zeit der Gebrauchsanleitung HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX. Eine gute Gebrauchsanleitung erlaubt nicht nur eine Reihe zusätzlicher Funktionen des gekauften Geräts kennenzulernen, sondern hilft dabei viele Fehler zu vermeiden.

Was sollte also eine ideale Gebrauchsanleitung beinhalten?

Die Gebrauchsanleitung HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX sollte vor allem folgendes enthalten:
- Informationen über technische Daten des Geräts HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX
- Den Namen des Produzenten und das Produktionsjahr des Geräts HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX
- Grundsätze der Bedienung, Regulierung und Wartung des Geräts HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX
- Sicherheitszeichen und Zertifikate, die die Übereinstimmung mit entsprechenden Normen bestätigen

Warum lesen wir keine Gebrauchsanleitungen?

Der Grund dafür ist die fehlende Zeit und die Sicherheit, was die bestimmten Funktionen der gekauften Geräte angeht. Leider ist das Anschließen und Starten von HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX zu wenig. Eine Anleitung beinhaltet eine Reihe von Hinweisen bezüglich bestimmter Funktionen, Sicherheitsgrundsätze, Wartungsarten (sogar das, welche Mittel man benutzen sollte), eventueller Fehler von HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX und Lösungsarten für Probleme, die während der Nutzung auftreten könnten. Immerhin kann man in der Gebrauchsanleitung die Kontaktnummer zum Service HP (Hewlett-Packard) finden, wenn die vorgeschlagenen Lösungen nicht wirksam sind. Aktuell erfreuen sich Anleitungen in Form von interessanten Animationen oder Videoanleitungen an Popularität, die den Nutzer besser ansprechen als eine Broschüre. Diese Art von Anleitung gibt garantiert, dass der Nutzer sich das ganze Video anschaut, ohne die spezifizierten und komplizierten technischen Beschreibungen von HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX zu überspringen, wie es bei der Papierform passiert.

Warum sollte man Gebrauchsanleitungen lesen?

In der Gebrauchsanleitung finden wir vor allem die Antwort über den Bau sowie die Möglichkeiten des Geräts HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX, über die Nutzung bestimmter Accessoires und eine Reihe von Informationen, die erlauben, jegliche Funktionen und Bequemlichkeiten zu nutzen.

Nach dem gelungenen Kauf des Geräts, sollte man einige Zeit für das Kennenlernen jedes Teils der Anleitung von HP (Hewlett-Packard) 6208M-SX widmen. Aktuell sind sie genau vorbereitet oder übersetzt, damit sie nicht nur verständlich für die Nutzer sind, aber auch ihre grundliegende Hilfs-Informations-Funktion erfüllen.

Inhaltsverzeichnis der Gebrauchsanleitungen

  • Seite 1

    advanced configuration and management guide www .hp.com/go/ hp procur ve hp procur ve routing switches 9304m, 9308m, and 6308m-sx and the hp procur ve switch 6208m-sx (software release 6.6. x and 7.1. x)[...]

  • Seite 2

    Boo k 2: Adv a nced Con f iguration an d Manag e ment G u ide for the HP ProCur ve Routing Sw itches 9304M, 9308M, 6308M-S X a nd the HP ProCurv e S witch 6208M-SX (So ftware R eleas es 6. 6. X a nd 7.1 . X )[...]

  • Seite 3

    Cop y right 200 0 Hewlett-Packard Company All right s rese rve d . R e production , adap tation or tra nsl ation wi thout pri o r w ri tten per mission is pr ohibit ed, ex cept a s a llo w ed und er the c opy right la ws. Publica t ion number 5 969-236 3 December 2000 Applica b le Produc ts HP J41 38A, HP J4 139A, H P J 48 40A, HP J4 841A T rad ema[...]

  • Seite 4

    Organization of Product D o cum en t ati on Read Me First Th e “ Re ad Me Firs t ” docum ent inc lu des so ftw a r e relea se informati on, a b r ief “ Ge tting Starte d ” sect ion, an access ory p a rts li st, trouble s h oot ing tip s, operati ng notes, and other info rma t io n that i s not inc lu ded else wh ere in the p r odu ct docume[...]

  • Seite 5

    iv[...]

  • Seite 6

    Conte n ts G ETTING S TAR T ED ... ..... ....... ....... ........ ....... ....... ..... ....... ....... ....... ........ .... ... . 1-1 I NTRODUCTI ON . ............ ............. .................... ................... ................... .................... ............. ......... ............. 1- 1 A UDIE NCE . ................... ............[...]

  • Seite 7

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e U SA GE G UIDELINE S FOR A CC ESS C ONTROL L ISTS (A CL S ) ................... .................... ................... ............. ... 3- 2 AC L S UP P ORT ON TH E HP P RODUCT S ................. ............. ................... ................... .................... ......... 3- 2 AC L ID S [...]

  • Seite 8

    C ONFIGURING A D VAN CED F E A TURE S ................... .................... ............ .................... ................... ............. . 5 -13 F AS T P ORT S PA N ................ ............. .................... ................... ................... .................... ............. ...... .5 - 13 F AS T U PLI NK S PA N ....... ..[...]

  • Seite 9

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e C ONFIGURING D OMAI N N AM E S ER VER (DNS) R ESOL VER ... ................... ................... ............. ............. . 6 -74 C HANGI NG THE TTL T HRE SH OLD ................... .................... ................... ................... ............. ............. . 6 -76 C ONFIGURING DHC[...]

  • Seite 10

    E N ABL E R OUTE R ED ISTRIBUTI ON ............. ................... ................... .................... ............. ................... . 8-28 D I SABLE OR R E - ENABLE L OAD S HA RING ............... ............. ................... ................... .................... ...... . 8-3 0 C ONFIGURE E XTE RNA L R OUTE S UMM AR I ZATION ...[...]

  • Seite 11

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e C ONFIGURING G LOBAL P AR AMETER S ....... ................... ................... ............. .................... ................... . 9-14 C ONFIGURING PIM I NTE RFA CE P A R AMETER S . ............. ................... .................... ............. ................... .9 -14 C ONFIGURING[...]

  • Seite 12

    C HANGI NG THE K EE P A LIVE T IM E AN D H OL D T IM E ............. ................... ............. ................... ............ 10 -23 E N ABLIN G F AS T E XTE RNA L F ALLO V ER ........... .................... ................... ................... .................... ..... 10 -24 C HANGI NG THE M AXIM UM N UMB ER OF P AT HS FO R BGP 4 L[...]

  • Seite 13

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e D YN AMIC AL LY R EQU E STIN G A R OUT E R EF RESH FR O M A BGP 4 N E IGHB OR ......... ................... .......... 10-11 4 C LOSING OR R ESETTIN G A N EIGHBOR S ESSI ON ................. ................... ................... .................... ... 10-11 6 R EM OVING R OUTE F LA P D AMPE NING[...]

  • Seite 14

    C ONFIGURATION E XAMPL ES . ............. ................... ............. ................... .................... ................... ............ 12 -30 VR RP E XA MPLE ........... ................... .................... ................... ................... ............. .................... ..... 12 -3 0 VR RPE E XAM PLE .. ...............[...]

  • Seite 15

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e D I SPLAYI N G THE I PX F ORW A RDING C AC HE .... .................... ................... ................... .................... ..... 14 -19 D I SPLAYI N G THE I PX R OUTE T AB L E ......... ................... ................... ............. .................... .................. 14 -20 D I[...]

  • Seite 16

    802.1 P T A GGI NG ... .................... ................... .................... ................... ............. ................... ............. .1 6-5 S PA NNING T RE E P ROT O COL (STP) ...................... ................... ................... ............. .................... ...... . 1 6- 7 V IRTUA L I NTE R FACE S ...............[...]

  • Seite 17

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e D I SPLAYI N G S YST E M -W IDE VLA N I NFORM A TIO N ................ ............ .................... ................... ............ 16 -57 D I SPLAYI N G VLAN I NFORM AT ION FOR S PE CI FI C P ORTS ........................ ............. ................... ............ 16 -58 R OUTE H EALTH I [...]

  • Seite 18

    Q UALITY - OF -S ER VICE P OLICI ES ............... ................... ............. ................... .................... ................... .. C- 5 L AYER 3 P OL IC IE S ............................ ............. .................... ................... ................... .................... ...... . .C -6 L AYER 4 P OL IC IE S ...........[...]

  • Seite 19

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e xvii i[...]

  • Seite 20

    Chap ter 1 Getting Started Introductio n This gu ide describe s how to inst all , c onfi gur e, and monitor th e follo wi ng devi ces : • HP Pro C urv e Ro uting Sw it ch 9308M • HP Pro C urv e Ro uting Sw it ch 9304M • HP Pro C urv e Ro uting Sw it ch 6308M-SX • HP Pro C urv e Sw it ch 62 08M-SX This gu ide also des c r ibe s how to m oni [...]

  • Seite 21

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T ermi nology The f o llowin g table de fin es basic pro du c t t e rms u sed in this gui de . Product T e rms T e rm De finit i on chassi s or Ch assis dev i ce A sw it ch or rout ing sw it ch tha t acc ept s o p ti onal modu les o r po we r supp lies. fixed-po rt dev i ce A device tha t conta i ns a fi[...]

  • Seite 22

    Ge tting Starte d me thod for e l ectro n ically searc h ing e i the r indi vid ual c hap ters or an enti r e m an ual for sp ecific topic s. Fo r a br ief des cr iption of the CD con t ents and ho w to u se the CD to sa ve tim e, do t he f o llowing: 1. Insert th e CD i n y our PC ’ s CD-ROM d rive. 2. Usin g t h e f ile manage r in yo ur PC , s[...]

  • Seite 23

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide • BGP4 re-ad ver tis es BGP rou t es even w hen O SPF or RI P rou t es to the sa me desti nation have a l owe r c ost • Re dist ri bu tion ch ange s ta ke pl ace imme di ately • Op tion to r edistribute Intern al BGP (IBGP) rou t es into R IP and O SPF • Dy namic BG P4 route ref r es h • BGP4 r[...]

  • Seite 24

    Ge tting Starte d • Super Aggregat ed VLAN s • Support fo r simultaneous T e lne t c onf igu r ati on by multi p le users • New CLI comma nd for disp la ying dyn amic me mo ry utilizati on • SNM P V2 vi ew • Enhance ment to s how de fault value s comm and • CLI enhan ceme nts to t he sta r tup - config and ru nning- con f ig fil e s •[...]

  • Seite 25

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 1 - 6[...]

  • Seite 26

    Chap ter 2 Qu ality o f Servi c e (QoS) Software release 0 6 .6 . X pro vi des the followin g enhance m en ts to QoS on the HP 9 304 M, H P 9308M , and H P 6 208M-SX rout ing sw it ches. • Y o u can c hoose be twee n a strict qu euing method an d a we ighte d q ueuing metho d. • Y o u can m odi fy th e m i nimu m guarant eed perce n tag e of ba[...]

  • Seite 27

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Y o u can c lassi fy pa ckets a nd a ssign them to spe cif ic queue s based on the fol l ow i ng crit eria : • Incomi ng port (so met imes called ingr ess po rt) • IP source and d est ina t io n addre sses • La yer 4 source and d est ina t ion i n for mat ion (fo r all IP a d dr esses or s[...]

  • Seite 28

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) Qu eu ing Met hod s In softw are rel ease 06.6. X a nd hig her , you c an confi gure the device to u se one of the fol lowing que uin g met hods: • Wei ghte d – A w ei ght ed fair queui ng a l gorith m is used t o rotate servi ce among th e four queues . The ro tation is base d on the we igh ts you as sign to each qu[...]

  • Seite 29

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Configuring the Q u eues Each of t he four queues ha s the fol l ow i ng c onf igurab le para met ers : • The queu e n ame • The m inim um percentag e of a port ’ s outbound ban dwidth guarant eed to the que ue. Renaming the Queues The d e fa ult queue names are qo sp3, q os p2, qosp1 , and q [...]

  • Seite 30

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) Changing the Mi nimum Bandwidth P ercen tage s of the Que ues If yo u a r e u s in g the w e igh t ed fai r queui ng mechani sm inste ad of t he s t ri ct mec ha n is m, y ou c an chang e the weight s for each q ueu e by c hangin g the m i nimum perce n tag e of bandwidth you w ant each q ueu e to guarantee for it s tr a[...]

  • Seite 31

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The f o llowin g table s how s one fu ll queue cycl e using the d e fa ult bandwidth p e rcen tages. qosp3 bandwidth % = 80 we igh t = 4 qosp2 bandwidth % = 15 we igh t = 3 qosp1 ba ndwid th % = 3. 3 we ight = 2 qosp0 ba ndwidt h % = 1. 7 we ight = 1 T o tal vi sits T o tal p ackets T o tal vi sits [...]

  • Seite 32

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) Figure 2. 1 illustrates a cy cle through the q u e ues . q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q2 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q3 q1 q0 Begin here q1 q2 q2 q2 q2 q2 q2 q2 q2 Queue 3: weight=4, minimum percentage=80% Queue 2: weight=3, minimum perce[...]

  • Seite 33

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE CL I T o cha nge the minimum guara n teed bandwid th p e rcent ages o f the q ueues, en ter c omm and s s uch as t he follo win g. No te that thi s exampl e u ses t he d e fault queue names . HP9300(config)# qos profile qosp3 75 q osp2 10 qosp1 10 qosp0 5 Profile qosp3 : PREMIUM bandwidth [...]

  • Seite 34

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th [...]

  • Seite 35

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 7. Select th e Sa ve link at t he b o tto m of the d ial og, the n select Y es when promp t ed to sa ve the confi gura t io n c hange to the sta r tup - co nfig file o n the d e vice ’ s f l ash m emo ry . Re se tting the Mi nimum Bandwidth Pe rcen tage s to The ir De fa ult s Y o u can u se ei th[...]

  • Seite 36

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) Assign i ng QoS Prior iti es to T ra ffic By defau l t, traf fic of the fol l ow i ng cat egories is forwarded u si ng the best-e f fort queue (qo sp0 ): • Incomi ng port (so met imes called the i ng r ess p o rt) • Port-ba sed VLA N m emb ers h ip • Sta t ic de stina t ion M AC entry • La yer 3 and Layer 4 i n f[...]

  • Seite 37

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Clic k on the Port link to d isp la y the Port tabl e. 3. Scrol l down to the port fo r which you want to ch [...]

  • Seite 38

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th [...]

  • Seite 39

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Reassi gning 80 2.1p Pr iori ties to Differ en t Queue s T agged pri o ri ty appli e s to tagge d packets that come in fr om tagge d p o rts . The se pa cket s hav e a tag in th e header that specif ies the packet ’ s VLAN ID an d i t s 8 02. 1p priority tag v a lue, wh ic h i s 3 bits lon g. By d[...]

  • Seite 40

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) 4. Clic k on the Bind link to disp lay the Q o S 8 02. 1p to Q oS Profi le Binding co nfiguration pane l, a s sho w n i n th e followin g figure . 5. For each pri o rity lev el, se le ct the Qo S q ueue to which you w a nt t o reassign the prof ile by s e lecting the queue name fro m t he Profi l e f i el d ’ s pulldo [...]

  • Seite 41

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio[...]

  • Seite 42

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) 4. Enter o r ed it the M AC a ddre ss, if ne eded. Specify the addre ss in the follo w i ng format : xx-x x-xx -x x- xx -x x. 5. Change the VL AN numbe r if needed by editing the value in the VLAN I D fie l d. 6. Selec t th e p o rt n um ber from th e Slot (for C hassis devi ces) and Port p u ll do wn lists . 7. Selec t [...]

  • Seite 43

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The <ope rator> param e ter ap pli es on ly if y ou us e th e tc p or udp para met er above . Us e the <oper ator> pa ram e ter to specify the co mp ari son c ond ition for th e s pecif ic TCP o r UDP po rts. For example , if yo u a re c onfigu r ing Q o S f o r H TTP , speci fy tcp eq h[...]

  • Seite 44

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) Figure 2. 2 and F i gure 2 . 3 s how the CLI synta x fo r confi gu r ing a L ay e r 4 Qo S policy on an H P rou t ing switch. <num> prio r ity <num> <s rc-i p-addr> < i p-mas k >| any <ds t-i p-addr > <ip-mas k>| any ip access-po licy ic mp <CR> igmp <CR> igrp <CR> os[...]

  • Seite 45

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e co ntinue d fr o m pr e v iou s pa ge udp eq gt bootpc | bo otps | lt dns | tftp | neq ntp | rad i us | ra dius -o ld | rip | sn mp | snmp-t rap | <num> bootpc | bo otps | ra nge dns | tftp | ntp | rad i us | ra dius -o ld | rip | sn mp | snmp-t rap | <num> in ip a ccess - pol ic y-group[...]

  • Seite 46

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) Figure 2. 4 show s the C LI sy nta x for c onf igu r in g a Qo S polic y on an H P sw i t ch . The v al ue “ <CR> ” m ean s “ ca rriage ret u rn ” , als o kno w n a s t he Enter key . <num> priority <num > tc p bgp global <CR> dns lo cal ft p http imap4 lda p nntp pop2 pop3 s mtp ss l teln[...]

  • Seite 47

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Rout in g S w itc h T o assig n a p r iority of 4 to a ll H TTP traf fic on port 3/12 on an HP 9304M or HP 930 8M routin g switch, p e rfo rm the follo w ing st eps : 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read-w rite acce ss . The Syste m con f iguration di alog [...]

  • Seite 48

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) • os pf • tc p • ud p In thi s exa m ple, en ter t c p. 1 1. If you e n tere d t cp or u dp, you al so can s elect on e o f the fol l ow ing comparis on operators from the O pe r ato r field . • Equal – Th e p olicy applies t o the TCP or UDP po rt name or n umber you e nter in th e T CP/UDP po rt fi el d . In [...]

  • Seite 49

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 17. Cli ck the chec k box ne xt to I n Filte r , O ut Fil t er , or n e xt to both optio ns to indica te the traf fic direc t ion to whic h y ou are applying the polic y . • The I n Filte r op tion appli es the polic y to p acket s r e ceived in the port . • The O ut Fil t er opti o n app lies t[...]

  • Seite 50

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) Assigning Appl eT alk Sock ets to P r ior i ty Queue s By defau l t, all App l eT alk s ockets are in the b est ef fort queue (qo sp0 ). T o assig n an Ap ple T alk socket t o a hig her pr iority queue, use e i th er of the fol lowing me tho ds. USING THE CL I T o assi gn so cket 123 to the pre mium queue, enter the f o [...]

  • Seite 51

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Configuring a Utilizat i on List fo r an Upl i nk Port Y o u can c onf ig ure u p li nk utiliz ation lists tha t display the pe rce n tage o f a giv en uplink po rt ’ s band wi dt h that is used by a specif ic l ist of do wn link port s . The percen tag es ar e base d on 30-s ec ond int ervals of [...]

  • Seite 52

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) 4. Cl ic k o n th e Re la tive Uti lization link at the to p o f the panel to d i sp lay th e Port U pl i nk Rela tive Ut ilizatio n panel , as sh own i n th e f ollowing exampl e: 5. Enter the I D for the link u t ilizati on l ist in the ID fi eld. Y o u c an sp ecify a n u m ber from 1 – 4. 6. Cl ick th e Selec t Up [...]

  • Seite 53

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Displaying Uti liz ation Percentages for an Uplink Aft e r you configure an upl ink ut ilizatio n lis t, you c an di splay the list to o bse rve the p e rcent age of the uplink ’ s b and wi dth that e ac h of the do wn link port s used durin g the m ost recen t 30 -se co nd port sta t is tics inte[...]

  • Seite 54

    Quali ty of Servi ce (Q oS) USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Clic k on the[...]

  • Seite 55

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 2 - 30[...]

  • Seite 56

    Chap ter 3 Us ing Access Co ntrol Lis t s (ACLs) Ac cess control li st s ( ACLs) enab le you to permi t or den y p ackets bas ed on source an d d est ina t ion IP addres s, IP prot oco l in forma t ion, o r TCP o r UDP pro t ocol inf o rmation. Y ou can confi g ur e th e follow ing type s o f ACLs : • St anda rd – Permit s or deni es pa cket s [...]

  • Seite 57

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide • “ Di spl ayi ng the Lo g Entrie s ” o n p age 3-2 3 • “ Polic y- Bas ed R o uti ng (PBR ) ” on pag e 3 -24 Usage Guidel in es for Access Contr ol L i sts (ACLs) This se ction pro vi des s o me guide li nes fo r imple men ti ng ACLs to e nsu re wi re-spe ed AC L perform a nce. For optim al A[...]

  • Seite 58

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) • AC L ent ry – An AC L en try is a f ilte r comma nd a ssoci ated wi th an A CL ID . The ma ximu m n um ber of AC L en tri es yo u can con f igure is a s yst em -wide p a ram et e r and depe nds o n the d evi ce y ou a r e c onf igurin g. Y ou c an co nfigure up to the ma ximu m numbe r of en tries i n an[...]

  • Seite 59

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: The f o llowin g s ect ions descri be how to c onf igu r e AC L s usi ng the H P devic e ’ s CL I. Y ou als o can create a nd mo dify AC L s usi ng a tex t ed ito r on a fil e se rver , then copy the m to t he devic e ’ s run n ing-c onfig file . In fact, this me thod is a conv enient w ay to r[...]

  • Seite 60

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Disabling A CL Mode If t he ACL m ode is e nabled , a me ssage is disp laye d when yo u try to appl y a n IP acc[...]

  • Seite 61

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide The c ommand s in this ex ample c onfi gure an ACL t o d eny pack ets fro m th ree sourc e I P addres ses fr om being forward ed on port 1/1. The la st ACL ent ry in thi s AC L pe rmits a ll packe ts tha t ar e not expli cit ly d enied by th e fi rs t thre e A CL en tr ie s. St andard ACL Syntax Syntax :[...]

  • Seite 62

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) NOTE: Y ou c an e nab le logging on AC Ls and fil t ers tha t s upport log g ing e ven when the AC Ls a nd fil t ers are al rea dy in use. T o do so, re -enter th e ACL o r fi lte r comman d and add t he log para met er to the en d of the AC L or filte r . T he sof twa re replaces the ACL o r fi lter co mmand [...]

  • Seite 63

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: If the AC L is a forw ar di ng ACL, the a cti on forwar ds o r dro p s the tr af f i c. If the ACL is a m an agement access AC L, th e action p e rmits or denies man ageme nt a ccess. 7. Enter the s our ce in formation. Y ou can e n ter the sourc e IP add res s a nd netw o rk mask or t he h ost na [...]

  • Seite 64

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) Configuring Extend ed AC Ls This se ction desc ribe s how to c onfi gu r e e x tende d AC Ls. • For confi gur ation i n forma t ion o n na med AC Ls , s ee “ Conf igurin g N a med ACLs ” on page 3-18 . • For confi gur ation i n forma t ion o n st and ard ACLs , see “ Co nfi guri ng Stan dard ACLs ”[...]

  • Seite 65

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide The fourth entry denies a ll I P traffic fr om host 2 09.157.21 . 100to h o st 209.1 57.22.1 and gene rates Sy sl og entries for pack ets that a r e denied by thi s en try . The f i fth entry d eni es all O SPF traf fic and generate s Syslog entries for de nie d tra f fic. The s ixth entry pe rmits all p[...]

  • Seite 66

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) The s ec ond en try denie s all F T P traf fic fro m the 209 .15 7 .21 . x net wo rk to t he 2 09. 157.22 .x netw o rk, if t he traf fic ha s th e I P prec eden ce va lue “ 6 ” (eq u iv alent to “ in ternet ” ). The t h ird entry perm i ts a ll p a ckets that are not expli cit ly denie d b y t he other[...]

  • Seite 67

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 2 09.1 57. 22. 26 0 . 0.0.255, then sa ve the c hanges to the startu p-confi g fi le, the v a lue appe ars as 209.157.2 2 .0/24 (if you h ave e nabled disp lay of su b-net lengths ) or 2 09. 157.22 . 0 0 . 0.0 . 255 i n th e s t artup-c onf ig fil e . If you e nable the software to d isp la y IP sub-n e [...]

  • Seite 68

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) • p op2 • p op3 • smtp • ss l • telne t • UDP po rt n ames rec ognized by the software : • b ootp s • b ootp c • dn s • nt p • radiu s • radiu s -o ld • ri p • snmp • snmp -tra p • tftp Th e in | o ut pa ram ete r s pec ifies whe t her the AC L appli es to inc oming traf fic or [...]

  • Seite 69

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Y o u can s pecify one of the fol l ow i ng: • m ax-reliab ility or 2 – T he A CL ma tches packets that h ave the m aximum rel i ab ility T O S. The deci mal va lu e for this option is 2. • m ax-through put or 4 – The AC L mat c hes packe ts tha t have the maximum t h rou gh put TO S. T he decim [...]

  • Seite 70

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) 5. Change the AC L number in the ACL N u mber fi eld or us e the AC L number di splay ed in the fie l d. NOTE: Y ou c annot s pecif y a name . 6. Selec t th e AC L actio n . Y o u c an selec t Permi t or D eny : • Permit – Forwar ds traf fic that m a tche s the A CL. • De ny – Drop s traf fic tha t ma [...]

  • Seite 71

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide must ha ve ne tw or k ac cess to a DNS serv er an d th e se rv er must ha ve an Addr ess r ecord fo r th e host. In a dditio n, the de vice mu st be c onf igu r ed wi th a DNS domai n name and th e I P ad dre ss of the D NS serve r . 8. Enter the d e st inati on I P in formation. The optio ns and req u i[...]

  • Seite 72

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) • Gr eaterT han – The ACL applies to TCP or U DP port s whose num bers are grea ter than the number of t he po rt you s pecif y i n th e f o ll o w in g st ep . NOTE: The c ompa r ison o pe r ators a pply o n ly wh en y ou are fil t ering on i ndi vidu al s our ce and de stina t io n TC P or U DP po rts . [...]

  • Seite 73

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: Y ou also c an acces s the dialo g fo r s avin g c onfigu r ation ch anges by c licki ng on Comma nd in the tree vi ew , the n clicki ng on Sav e t o Flas h . Configuring Nam ed ACL s W hen yo u conf igu r e a n IP ACL, y ou can refer t o the AC L by a n um e ric ID or by a name. • If yo u refer [...]

  • Seite 74

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) NOTE: For conv enien ce, the softw are allow s y ou t o c onfi g ur e nu mbere d AC Ls usin g the s yn t ax for nam ed ACLs . The softw are also still s up port s the o l de r syn tax for numb ered AC Ls. Althou gh the softwa re al lo ws both me thod s for confi gur ing nu mbered ACLs, nu mbere d AC Ls are al [...]

  • Seite 75

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: The only v ali d c ommands tha t are v ali d i n the AC L list ar e the acce ss-list a nd en d comm ands . T he H P de vice ignore s other c omm an ds in the fil e. T o modi fy an ACL b y conf igurin g a n ACL list o n a fil e se rver: 1. Us e a tex t ed ito r to cre a te a n ew text fil e. W hen y[...]

  • Seite 76

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) NOTE: Do not pla ce oth e r c omm ands i n the fi le . The H P dev ice reads on ly the AC L i n forma t ion in the file and i gnores oth e r c omma nds, i ncl ud ing ip acc ess-group co mmands . T o assi gn ACLs to int e rfa c es, u se the CLI. Applying an ACL to a Sub s et of Por t s o n a Virt ual In terface[...]

  • Seite 77

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide En abling S tri ct TCP Mode By defau l t, wh en you us e ACLs to f ilte r TCP t r affic , the H P de vice does not compare all TC P p ack ets a gains t th e AC Ls. Ins t ea d, the d evice com pare s TC P co ntrol p ack ets agai nst the AC Ls, b u t n o t d a ta packets . Co ntro l pa cket s i ncl ude p a[...]

  • Seite 78

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) NOTE: If the de vic e ’ s configura t ion c u rrently h as ACLs as soc iat ed wi th interfa ces, rem o ve th e ACLs fro m t he in ter f ac es before cha ngi ng the ACL m od e. T o e nable the stri ct ACL UDP m od e , e n ter the fol lowing comman d at the global CO NFIG le vel o f the CLI : HP9300(config)# i[...]

  • Seite 79

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T o disp lay S ysl og en trie s, us e o ne of th e f o llow ing m eth od s. USING THE CL I Enter the f o llowing c omma nd from an y C L I pr ompt: HP9300(config)# show log Syslog logging: enabled (0 messages dr opped, 0 flushes, 0 overruns) B uffer logging: level ACDMEINW, 38 messages logged l evel code[...]

  • Seite 80

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) • Specify the de fault n e xt -hop IP addre ss if the r e i s no exp licit next-ho p s elect ion for the packet. • Send the packet to the nu ll inte rface ( null0). HP ’ s PBR routing is based o n st an dard a nd ex tended AC Ls a nd route-maps . The ACLs classi fy th e t r af fic . Ro ute maps that mat [...]

  • Seite 81

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide If you p r efe r to s pecify the w ild card (mask v al ue) in CIDR form at, yo u c an ent er a forw a r d s l as h afte r the IP a ddre ss, th en ent er the n um ber of signi ficant bi ts in the mask . For example, y ou c an ente r the C IDR e quivalen t of “ 2 09.157 .22.26 0.0.0.2 55 ” as “ 209.1[...]

  • Seite 82

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) The < AC L -nu m> par ame t er sp eci f ies a st and ard or e x te nded AC L number or name. Syntax : se t i p [defau lt] next hop <ip - addr> This co mman d s e ts th e n e xt -hop IP addre s s for traf fic that mat ches a m a tch s t at ement in the rout e map. If yo u specif y de fa ul t , the r[...]

  • Seite 83

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide AC Ls to be further evalu a ted by th e route ma p. If you s pecify deny , the rou t ing s witch denies the traffic fro m further e v al uation a nd in stead dro ps the p a cket s. N o tic e tha t these AC Ls sp ecify an y for the dest inat i on ad dr ess. HP9300(config)# access-list 1 permit 2 09.157.23[...]

  • Seite 84

    Us ing A c ce ss Control Li sts (ACLs) HP9300(config-routemap test-route-if-n o-gateway)# exit The f o ll owing c omma nd ena ble s PB R by glo ba lly apply i ng the ro ute ma p to al l i n terfac es . HP9300(config)# ip policy route-map test-route-if-no-gate way Alternativ el y , y ou can enab le PB R on spe cif ic interfa ce s, as show n i n t he[...]

  • Seite 85

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 3 - 30[...]

  • Seite 86

    Chap ter 4 Rate Limiting HP ’ s rate limit i ng en ables yo u to c ontro l the a mo unt of bandwid th s pecif ic Etherne t traffi c u ses on s pecific in ter f ac es, by li mitin g the a mo unt of d a ta the interfa c e rec e iv es or forwa r ds for t r affic . Y o u can con f igure the followin g types of rat e limi tin g: • Fixed Ra te L im i[...]

  • Seite 87

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e in ter v al s, the port rec ei ves less than 500 000 bi ts in eac h i n terva l. However , t he port rec e ives m o re than 50 000 0 bi ts du ring the thi r d a nd fou r th one- sec ond in ter v als, and c ons equently dro ps the exce ss traf fic. The Fixed Rate Limiting policy allows up to 500000 b[...]

  • Seite 88

    Rat e Limi tin g Displaying Fixed Rate Limiting Informat i on T o disp lay c onf igurat ion in formation and sta t istics for Fix ed Ra te Lim i ting , enter the f o llowing c ommand at a ny le vel o f the CLI : HP9300(config)# show rate-limiting fix ed Total rate-limited interface count: 6. P ort Input rate RX Enforced Output rate TX Enforced 1/1 [...]

  • Seite 89

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Adaptiv e Rat e Lim i ting The Adapt ive R a te Limi tin g enab les y ou t o c onfi gur e ra te p o lici es tha t enforce b and wi dt h limits for Ethern e t t r af fic. The f eatu r es al low s y ou t o s pecif y h ow much Eth e rne t tra ffic of a gi ven type a spec ific port ca n send or rec e iv[...]

  • Seite 90

    Rat e Limi tin g Examples of Adaptive Rate Limiting Applications The fol l ow i ng s ect ion s s how some e xampl es of how y ou ca n use Adaptiv e Ra te Limi ting. The CL I comm ands for impl emen tin g each appli cat ion are s how n in “ Com p lete CL I Example s ” on p age 4-1 8 . Adap ti ve Rat e Po licies F or an Uplin k Figure 4. 2 show s[...]

  • Seite 91

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The rate p oli cy ru les are fo r three T C P/ UDP app licat i ons: H TTP (w eb ), F TP , and DNS. T he f ourt h rule i s for all ot her Eth e rne t traf fic (traf fic that is not for one of t he thr ee app licat i on s). The de vice a pplies rate polic y ru les in the or der in w h ich y ou apply t[...]

  • Seite 92

    Rat e Limi tin g Adap ti ve Rat e Po licy for a S p ecif ic MAC Ad d ress Figure 4. 3 show s an exam ple o f a ra te policy c ons is ting o f o ne rule app lied t o a virtual ro uting i n terface ( “ vi rtual in te rf ace ” or “ VE ” ). A virtua l i n terfac e enables ports in a VLAN to route to oth e r VLANs. In th is exam ple, th e VLAN c[...]

  • Seite 93

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Adap ti ve Rat e Po licy for a P o rt -B ased VL AN Figure 4. 4 show s a rate polic y applie d to a V L AN . W hen yo u appl y a rat e po li cy to a VL AN, the polic y app lies to a ll the port s in the VLAN . The ra te p o licy in th is exam ple pe rform s the foll ow i ng a c tions o n tra f fi c [...]

  • Seite 94

    Rat e Limi tin g Adaptive Ra te Li mitin g uses th e follo w i ng param e ters: • Ave r age Ra te • No rmal Bu rs t Size • Ex cess Burst Si ze • Com mi tted T i me Int e rval W hen yo u appl y Adapt ive R at e Limitin g po lici es to a n in terface, y ou spec ify the fi rst thre e of the se param eters . The fourth param e ter is de rived f[...]

  • Seite 95

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Thus, th e C ommi tte d T i me Int e rva l is 100 0000 b i ts / 1000 0000 b i ts = 0 . 1 s ec onds. This means that the Ad aptiv e Rat e Limi tin g p a ram ete rs apply to tim e slices of ba ndwi d th 0.1 seconds l ong . T o determ i ne the max imum Excess Burs t Size y ou can spe cify , us e t he A[...]

  • Seite 96

    Rat e Limi tin g Figure 4. 5 show s an exa mple of the N orm al Burst Size and Exc ess Burst Siz e c ounters . This example show s tw o Com mi tted T i me Int e rvals . Line rate = 1,000,000,000 bps (one Gigabit) Av erage Rate = 500,000,000 bits Normal Burst Size = 62,500,000 bytes (500,000,000 bits) Excess Burst Size = 93,750,000 bytes (750,000,00[...]

  • Seite 97

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Figure 4. 6 show s an exam ple o f tw o Co mmit ted T ime Intervals. In t h is exam ple, the p o licy rule m atc he s the maximum numb er of confo r ming byt es (Norm al Burst Siz e byt es) in each i n terva l. Line rate = 1,000,000,000 bps (one Gigabit) Av erage Rate = 500,000,000 bits Normal Burst[...]

  • Seite 98

    Rat e Limi tin g Figure 4. 7 show s an exam ple o f ei ght Commi tted T ime Intervals. The software dro ps tra f fi c i n the s ec ond an d ei ghth i n tervals b e c ause t he i n terface rece ive s tr af fic tha t matc hes the rul e after th e rule h as alread y m a tche d th e maximum numb er of by tes for the Normal Burs t Size and Exc ess Burs [...]

  • Seite 99

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: T o char acteriz e the traf fic , c onfigu r e AC Ls. Y ou can use AC Ls for rate p o licy rules ap pli ed to I P in ter f ac es or to virtual i n terfac es, b ut not for rate po licy ru les a pplied di rec t ly to po rt-bas ed VLAN s . Whe n you a pply a rat e po licy rul e to a p o rt-based [...]

  • Seite 100

    Rat e Limi tin g NOTE: Th e de ny option is no t appli cab le to rate limiting . Alway s specify pe rm it w hen confi guring an ACL fo r use in a ra te l im i ting rule . Syntax : [no ] ac ce ss-li s t <nu m> den y | p e rmit h os t <ip-pro t oc ol> an y any [l og] NOTE: For c om p lete s yn t ax desc rip t io ns for s ta ndard and e x [...]

  • Seite 101

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: The b i ts appea r in thi s orde r in the IP p r ecede nce field and the s o ft wa re re ads them fro m ri ght to left . The leas t s ign if ica nt dig i t i s the rightmost digit (bit posit i on 1) and the m o st signi fic ant digit is th e leftm ost digi t (bi t po siti on 8) . Y o u also ca[...]

  • Seite 102

    Rat e Limi tin g CLI Synta x Syntax : [no ] rate-li mit i nput | out put [ac cess- group <num >] <av e rage-rate> <no r mal-b u rst-si ze> <e xcess-b u rst- size > co nf or m- acti on <act io n> exce ed-a ct ion <actio n> Th e i nput | outpu t pa ram e ter sp ecifi es w heth e r t he r u le applies to inbound tra[...]

  • Seite 103

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • 4 – flash o ve rride pre ce dence • 5 – cr iti cal pr ecede nc e • 6 – in ternetw o rk con t rol pre ce den ce • 7 – ne twork c ont rol prec edenc e • se t-prec-co ntinue <new-pre c> – Set th e I P pre ce dence to one of the va lue s listed above, then ev alu a te the tra[...]

  • Seite 104

    Rat e Limi tin g 187500 conform-action set-prec-transmi t 5 exceed-action drop The follo wi ng rule a pplies to tra ffi c that m a tche s ACL 103. Like t he pre vi ous rul e , thi s rule dr ops packets rece ived a fter the maxim um num ber of c onform i ng pack ets ha ve been re ceived. However , notic e that this rule a pp lies t o tra ff i c in t[...]

  • Seite 105

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Disabling Ra te Limi ti ng Exemption for Control Packets By defau l t, the device d oes not apply Ad aptiv e R ate Li mitin g po licies to c e rtain types of contro l pack ets , but in stead always fo rward s these p a ck ets, r egardless of the rate limitin g po licie s in e ff e ct . NOTE: This se[...]

  • Seite 106

    Chap ter 5 Confi gurin g Sp ann i ng T ree Pro t ocol (ST P) The Spann ing T ree Protoc ol ( S TP) el iminates La yer 2 loo ps in net wo rks , b y select ively bl oc king some port s a nd a llo wi ng oth e r p o rts to forw ar d tra ff i c, based on global (bridg e) and loc al (po r t) pa ram e ters y ou can c onf igu r e. This c hapter des cr ibe [...]

  • Seite 107

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide STP Parameters and De fa ults T able 5 . 1 l ists the defaul t STP bridge para met ers . T he bridge para met ers affec t the e n tire VLAN (or the e n ti re de vice , if the on ly port-based VLAN i s the def ault on e, VLAN 1). T a ble 5 . 1: Default STP Bridg e Pa ra meters Param e te r D esc ri ption [...]

  • Seite 108

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) En abling or Di sab l ing the S p anning T r ee Protocol (S TP) Y o u can e na b le or d is abl e STP on the fol l ow i ng lev els: • Glo bally – Af fe cts a ll po rt s o n th e d evice. • Port-ba sed VL AN – Affe ct s all ports wi thin the s pecifi ed port-ba sed VLAN . Whe n you enabl e o r [...]

  • Seite 109

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Changing STP Bri d ge and Port Paramet e rs T able 5 . 1 o n p age 5-2 and T able 5 . 2 o n p age 5-2 list t he defa ul t STP p a ramet e rs . If you need to c h a nge th e de fau lt val ue for a n ST P param e te r, us e the followin g p r ocedu res . Changing STP Bridge Pa r a mete rs T o cha nge STP b[...]

  • Seite 110

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) 5. Mo di fy th e b r id ge STP pa rameters to the valu es desi re d. 6. Cl ick Ap ply to sa ve the chang es to the devic e ’ s runn ing - confi g file . 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-[...]

  • Seite 111

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to di spl ay the co nfiguration o p tions . 3. Select th e ST P link to d isp lay the STP bri dge and p o rt p a ra meters . 4. Cl ick th e M odi fy bu tton in the STP port parame t ers ta ble to di spl ay the STP co nfigura t ion panel, a[...]

  • Seite 112

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) Displaying STP Information Y o u can d isp la y the fol l ow i ng S T P informati o n: • All the g l obal and interfa c e STP s e tt ing s • STP sta te informa t ion for an indiv id ual interfa c e • STP sta te informa t ion for a port - based VLAN Displayin g S T P In fo rma ti on for an Entire[...]

  • Seite 113

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Th e s how sp an comm and show s the fol l ow i ng inf o rmation. T a ble 5. 3: C LI Di splay o f STP I n for mat ion Th is Field... Displays. .. Glo b al STP Parameters VLAN ID T he port - based VLAN that con t ains thi s spa nning tree (in s tance of STP). AN 1 i s the defa ult VLAN . If y ou have not [...]

  • Seite 114

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) T a ble 5 . 3: CLI Dis p lay of ST P Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) State T he port ’ s S TP stat e. T h e s t at e ca n b e one of th e f o llow ing: • BLOC KI NG – STP has bl ocked Layer 2 t r af fic on thi s po rt to pr event a loop . he d evice or VLAN can rea ch the root bridge usi ng ano th[...]

  • Seite 115

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T a bl e 5. 4: We b M ana ge ment Di sp la y o f STP Informat io n Th is Field... Displays. .. STP Bridge Para meters (global parameters) VLAN ID T he port - based VLAN that con t ains thi s spa nning tree (in s tance of STP). AN 1 i s the defa ult VLAN . If y ou have not configure d po rt- bas ed VLAN s[...]

  • Seite 116

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) T a ble 5.4 : We b M ana gemen t Display of STP Informa t ion ( Continued ) State T he port ’ s S TP stat e. T h e s t at e ca n b e one of th e f o llow ing: • BLOC KI NG – STP has bl ocked Layer 2 t r af fic on thi s po rt to pr event a loop . he d evice or VLAN can rea ch the root bridge usi [...]

  • Seite 117

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide STP configured to ON , priority is level0, flow contr ol enabled mirror disabled, monitor disabled Not member of any active trunks Not member of any configured trunks No port name MTU 1500 bytes, encapsulation ethern et 5 minute input rate: 352 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% utilization 5 minute output r[...]

  • Seite 118

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) Maximum PORT-VLAN entries: 16 legend: [S=Slot] PORT-VLAN 1, Name DEFAULT-VLAN, Priori ty level0, Spanning tree On Untagged Ports: (S3) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Untagged Ports: (S3) 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 23 24 Untagged Ports: (S4) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Untagged Ports: (S4) [...]

  • Seite 119

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide In addit i on, Fast P o rt Sp an enhanc es overall net wo rk perf o rmance i n the f o llowin g w ays: • Fast Port Span red u ce s the number of STP topology c hange notifi c ation s on t he n e tw o r k. Whe n a n e nd st ati on at tached to a Fast Span po rt come s up or dow n, th e HP device does no[...]

  • Seite 120

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) 4. Selec t t he Sav e li nk at the b o tto m of the panel. Selec t Y es wh en pro mpt ed to sav e the confi gura t ion c h a nge to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Excl uding Sp ec ific Ports fr om Fa st Por t Sp an Y o u can exc lu de ind ivi dual port s fr om Fas t [...]

  • Seite 121

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Fast Up li nk Spa n group on the dev ice. All Fas t Up link Span port s ar e m embe r s o f th e s ame Fa st Up link Spa n gr oup . NOTE: T o avoi d the pote n ti al for t em pora r y b r idgin g l oop s, Hewl ett-Pac kar d reco mmends tha t yo u u se the Fas t Uplink f eatu r e o n ly for w i ring clo s[...]

  • Seite 122

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) T o remo ve a F ast Upli nk Span group o r to rem ove i ndi vidual p o rts fro m a group, us e “ no ” in fr ont of the approp r iate fast uplink - spa n comma nd. For ex ample , to rem ov e ports 4/3 and 4/4 fro m the Fas t Uplink Span grou p c onfigu r ed abo ve, en ter the foll ow i ng c omm and[...]

  • Seite 123

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide • Maximu m A ge – Th e i n terva l a bri dg e wi ll wa it for rec ei p t o f a h e llo p acket be fore initi a ting a topolo gy change. Possib le valu es: 6 – 4 0 sec onds. De fault is 20 . • He llo T ime – The inte rva l of ti me bet we en each confi gura t ion BPD U sen t by the ro ot bri dge[...]

  • Seite 124

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) T o ve rify that singl e STP is in ef fect, e n ter the fol lowing comm and at any l ev e l o f the CLI: HP9300(config) show span Syntax : sh ow s pan [v lan <vla n-id>] Here is an exam ple of the informat ion disp laye d by thi s comm and. Noti ce tha t no VLAN IDs are list ed in the VLAN ID co[...]

  • Seite 125

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Untagged Ports: (S4) 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 23 24 Untagged Ports: (S6) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Untagged Ports: (S6) 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 23 24 Tagged Ports: None This ex ample s how s inform ati on for p o rt-based VLAN 1, which is the defaul t VLAN . No tice tha t a me ssag e i ndica tes tha t [...]

  • Seite 126

    Co nfiguri ng Span nin g T ree Pro t ocol (STP) W hen PVST i s e nabled on an HP port, that port se nds BPDUs in PVST form at in st ead of HP ’ s sp annin g tre e forma t. PV ST+ HP devices and Cis co devic es s upport s ep a rate spanning t r ees on an indiv id ual port-ba sed VLAN basis . Howe ver , un til the IEEE s ta ndard f o r m u ltipl e [...]

  • Seite 127

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Dis p lay i ng P VST Information T o disp lay PVS T information, us e the f o llowin g C LI me tho d. USING THE CL I T o disp lay PVS T information for p o rts on an HP device, enter t he following c ommand at a ny le vel of the CL I: HP 9304M or HP 9308M(config)# show spa n pvst-mode VLAN Port PVST PVST[...]

  • Seite 128

    Chap ter 6 Configu ri ng IP This ch apter d esc ribes th e Internet Pro t ocol (IP) p a ram et e rs on HP ProCurv e rout ing sw it ches an d s w itches an d how to co nfigure the m . After y ou a dd IP ad dre sses an d configu r e o t her IP param e te rs, see the foll owing chapters for confi gur ation i n forma t ion for the IP routi ng prot oco [...]

  • Seite 129

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide O verv i ew The H P P r ocurve HP 6 208 M-SX switch and HP 9304M, H P 9308M , and H P 6 308M-SX rout ing sw it ches su pport Internet Pr otocol (IP) v e rsion 4 . IP s up port on the HP 62 08M-SX c onsis ts of basic se rvice s to s up port man ageme nt a ccess a nd acces s to a defau l t g a te way . IP [...]

  • Seite 130

    Conf igur in g I P The HP 6208M- S X S w itch Y o u can c onf ig ure an I P addres s on the H P 620 8M-SX for m anagemen t access to the sw it ch . IP addre ss is required for T el net acce ss, W eb management acces s, and SN MP ac cess . Y o u also ca n s pec ify t he d e fault ga tew ay for forw a r din g tr af fic to o t her s ub-n e ts . IP Pac[...]

  • Seite 131

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide a ddre ss an d TC P or U DP p o rt l ist ed in the se ssion ta ble entry a nd se nding the pac ke t to a q ue ue o n t he ou tgo ing po rt(s) liste d in the s essi on tabl e. The rou t ing s witch se lects th e queu e b a sed o n the Q ualit y o f Servi ce (Qo S ) leve l a ssoci ated w i th t he ses s i [...]

  • Seite 132

    Conf igur in g I P Here is an ex ample o f a s tat ic ARP entry : Index IP Address MAC Address Port 1 207.95.6.111 0800.093b.d210 1/1 Each ent ry l ists the inf o rm ation y ou specifi ed w h en you c r eat ed the entry . T o disp lay AR P entr i es , see the fol l ow i ng: • “ Di spl ayi ng the ARP C a che ” on pa ge 6-85 – routi ng swit c[...]

  • Seite 133

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T o disp lay t he I P rou t e tabl e, s ee the fol l ow i ng: • “ Di spl ayi ng the IP R o ute T a ble ” on page 6-90 – routi ng switch onl y T o conf ig ur e a st at ic IP route, see t h e f o llow ing: • “ Co nfiguri ng S t ati c Ro ute s ” o n p age 6-3 6 – rout ing sw it ch on ly T o [...]

  • Seite 134

    Conf igur in g I P The sw it ch o r routing s w itc h sel ect s th e session t able ins t ead of the IP forward i ng table fo r fas t -pa t h forw a r ding for the foll owing featu r es : • Policy- Based R o uting (P BR ) • Layer 4 Q u ali ty- of-Se rvice (Q oS) poli cies • IP acces s polic ies T o incr ease t he siz e of the s es si on table[...]

  • Seite 135

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide For confi gur ation i n forma t ion, s ee the fol l ow ing: • Vi rtu a l R o ute r Red undanc y Proto c ol Extended (VR R PE) – see “ Co nfiguring VRRP a nd VRRPE ” on p age 12 -1. • Vi rtu a l R o ute r Red undanc y Proto c ol (VR RP) – se e “ Co nfiguring VR RP and VR RPE ” on page 12-1[...]

  • Seite 136

    Conf igur in g I P Basic IP Par ame ter s and Default s – Routin g Sw itc hes IP is ena bled b y de fault . Th e following IP-b ased prot oco ls are all disa ble d by de fault : • Rout e exc ha nge pro t ocol s • Ro ut ing Informatio n P rot oc ol (RIP) – se e “ C onfigu r ing RIP ” on p age 7-1 • Open Shortest Pa th First (OSPF) – [...]

  • Seite 137

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide IP Global Pa ram e ters – R outing S witches T able 6 . 1 l ists the IP glob al p a ra meters for routing sw it ch es . T a ble 6.1: IP G l obal Pa ra me ter s – routing s w itc h es Param e te r Descrip tion Default See pa ge... IP s t ate T he Internet Proto col , v e rsion 4 En abled Note : o u c [...]

  • Seite 138

    Conf igur in g I P T a ble 6. 1: IP Global Par am e te rs – ro uting switch es (Con tinued) Directe d broadcas t forw ar di ng A dir e ct ed broa dcast is a p acket c onta ini ng all ones (or in some ca ses, al l ze ros) in the host po rt io n of the destin a ti on IP addr ess. W hen a rou t er forw ar ds such a broadcas t, it s ends a co py o f [...]

  • Seite 139

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T a ble 6. 1: IP Global Par am e te rs – ro uting switch es (Con tinued) Doma in name for D o main Name Serv er (DNS) res olver A domai n nam e (examp le: am aynes.ro ute r .com) yo u ca n u se in pl ace of an IP ad dr ess for ce rt ai n operations su ch as IP p i ng s, trac e route s, and T e lnet man[...]

  • Seite 140

    Conf igur in g I P T a ble 6. 1: IP Global Par am e te rs – ro uting switch es (Con tinued) Origi nation of default rou t es Y ou can enab le a ro ut er to or ig inate de fa ul t ro ut es for the fol l ow i ng route exchange p r oto col s, on an ind ivi du al proto col basi s: • RI P • O SPF • BGP4 Disabl ed 7- 10 8- 32 10 -29 De fault rout[...]

  • Seite 141

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide IP Interface Parameters – Routing Switches T able 6 . 2 l ists the int e rfa c e-lev el IP p a ram e ters for ro uting switche s. T a ble 6. 2: IP Inter fa ce Par am e ter s – rout ing switches Param e te r Descrip tion Default See pa ge... IP s t ate T he Internet Proto col , v e rsion 4 En abled No[...]

  • Seite 142

    Conf igur in g I P T a ble 6.2 : IP Inter f ac e Pa ra meter s – routing sw itc h es (Conti nued ) UDP broadcas t forw ar di ng The rout er can forw a r d U DP br oadcast p acke ts for UDP applicati ons such as BootP . By f o rw ard i ng the UDP broadcas ts, the rout er enables c lie nts on on e sub - net to fin d se rvers attached to o t her sub[...]

  • Seite 143

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Basic IP Par ame ter s and Default s – HP 6208M-S X IP i s e nable d by de fault. The fo llo wi ng tab l es li st the s w itc h IP p a ra meters, the i r d e fau l t v al ues, an d w her e to fin d c onfigu r ation inf o rmation. NOTE: The H P 620 8M- SX also prov ides IP m ult icas t forw ar ding, wh [...]

  • Seite 144

    Conf igur in g I P T a ble 6. 3: IP Glo b al Par am e ter s – swit ch (C o n tinued) Doma in name for D o main Name Serv er (DNS) res olver A domai n nam e (examp le: am aynes.ro ute r .com) yo u ca n u se in pl ace of an IP ad dr ess for ce rt ai n operations su ch as IP p i ng s, trac e route s, and T e lnet man agem ent conne ctions to the rou[...]

  • Seite 145

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Configuring IP Param e te rs – R outing Switches The f o ll owing s ect ions descri be how to c onf igu r e I P param e ters . Som e pa ram e ters can be confi gure d gl obal ly while oth e rs can b e c onfigu r ed on ind ivi dual interfac es . Some param e te rs c an be config ure d gl oball y a nd ov[...]

  • Seite 146

    Conf igur in g I P USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o assi gn an IP addre ss an d m ask to a rou t er i n te rface: 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Selec t th e IP Addr ess li nk . T he I P addresse s alre ady c onf igu r [...]

  • Seite 147

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide HP9300(config-lbif-1)# ip address 10.0 .0.1/24 Syntax : in terfa ce lo opback < num > The <num > v al ue can be from 1 – 8. Syntax : [no ] ip addre s s <ip - ad dr> < i p-m ask> [second ary ] or Syntax : [no ] ip addre s s <ip - ad dr>/< mask- bits> [se co ndary] USI[...]

  • Seite 148

    Conf igur in g I P For m o re inf o rm ation abou t VLAN s a nd h ow to c onfi gur e them, s ee “ Co nfiguri ng VLAN s ” on pag e 1 6-1. USING THE CL I T o a dd a v i rtu al inte rface t o a VLAN a nd c onf ig ure an IP addres s on the int e rface, enter c omma nds such as th e follo w ing: HP9300(config)# vlan 2 name IP-Subnet_ 1.1.2.0/24 HP93[...]

  • Seite 149

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide HP9300(config)# ip dns domain-name new york.com HP9300(config)# ip dns server-address 209.157.22.199 205.96.7.15 208.95.7.25 201.98.7.15 Syntax : ip dns se rver-a ddre ss <ip-ad dr> [<ip-ad d r>] [<ip -addr>] [<ip-addr>] In thi s exa mple, the first I P ad dres s in the ip dns s e[...]

  • Seite 150

    Conf igur in g I P USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -on ly or read -write ac ces s. Th e Syst em c onfigu r ation pan el is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Comm and in the tree view to list the command op tio ns. 3. Sele ct the T r ace R oute li[...]

  • Seite 151

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns .[...]

  • Seite 152

    Conf igur in g I P Changing th e Router ID In most conf igurat ions , a rou t ing sw it ch has mu ltip le IP ad dr esse s, usua lly co nf ig ur ed on differ en t interf aces . As a result, a rou t ing s w itc h ’ s ide n tity t o ot her devices va rie s d epe nding on the int e rfa ce to w h ich th e o t her device i s a ttac hed. Some rou t in g[...]

  • Seite 153

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Spec if ying a Sing le Source Inte rf ac e for T e lne t , T A CACS/ T ACACS+ , or RADIUS P acket s W hen the rou t in g s w itc h or igi nates a T e lnet, T ACACS/T ACACS+ , or RADIUS packet, the source addres s of the pa cket is th e l owest-numbere d I P addr ess o n th e i nterf ac e t h at se nds th[...]

  • Seite 154

    Conf igur in g I P HP9300(config)# ip tacacs source-interface ve 1 The c ommand s in this ex ample c onfi gure v i rtu al inte rface 1 , assi gn IP addre ss 10.0.0.3/ 24 t o the i n ter f ace, then de sign ate the int e rfa ce as the sourc e for all T ACACS /T ACACS+ p acket s f r om the rou t in g s w itc h. Syntax : ip tac acs sour ce -in t erfac[...]

  • Seite 155

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide a ddre ss fo r the IP addres s. The ARP c a ch e maps IP ad dre sses to MAC addres s es . T he cache als o lists the po rt attac he d to the d ev i ce and, if the entry is dynamic, th e age o f the e n try . A d ynamic ARP entry enters the cac he wh en the rou t ing switch recei v es an AR P repl y o r r[...]

  • Seite 156

    Conf igur in g I P 5. Enter a v alue fr om 0 – 240 into the ARP A ge f i eld. 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e[...]

  • Seite 157

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T o disp lay t he A RP ca che an d s t atic ARP tab l e, see th e foll owing: • T o disp lay t he A RP tab l e, se e “ Displa yi ng th e A RP Cach e ” on page 6- 85 . • T o disp lay t he s tat ic ARP table , s ee “ Di sp lay ing th e Static ARP T able ” on page 6- 87 . T o conf igu r e a st a[...]

  • Seite 158

    Conf igur in g I P 10 . S el ect the Save link a t the b o ttom o f th e dialog. Select Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s av e the c onf igu r ati on chang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Chan ging th e Ma ximum N u mb e r of Entr ies t he Static ARP T abl e Ca n Hold T able 6 .5 on p age 6-3 1 lists the def ault m a[...]

  • Seite 159

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 4. Enter the n e w val ue f o r the c ac he size. The v a lue y ou enter s pecif ies the m aximum numbe r of ent ries th e cac he can hold. 5. Cl ick Ap ply to sa ve the chang es to the devic e ’ s runn ing - confi g . 6. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mp[...]

  • Seite 160

    Conf igur in g I P NOTE: A l ess comm on t ype , the a ll-s ub- nets b r oadca st, goes to a l l dire ctly- a ttached s ub- nets. Forw ar din g for this bro adcast ty pe al so is su pported, but m ost ne twork s use IP m ult icastin g instead of a ll - sub-net bro a dc asti ng. Forward i ng for a ll typ es of IP di rec t ed bro adcasts is dis abl e[...]

  • Seite 161

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide USING THE CL I T o dis able fo rwarding of I P so urc e -routed pack ets , en ter the fol l ow i ng co mmand : HP9300(config)# no ip source-route Syntax : [no ] ip s ourc e -ro ute T o re-ena ble forw arding of s o ur ce-rout ed packets, enter the f o llowing c omma nd: HP9300(config)# ip source-route US[...]

  • Seite 162

    Conf igur in g I P Y o u can s elect iv ely d is able the fo llo wi ng types of Int e rne t Cont rol M e ssage Pro t ocol (IC M P) me ssages: • Echo me ssage s (ping m es sa ges ) – The rou t ing s w itc h repli es to I P pi ngs fro m ot he r IP d evi ce s. • Desti nati on Un rea ch able m essa ges – If the routi ng switch rec e iv es an IP[...]

  • Seite 163

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Syntax : [no ] ip ic m p unrea c ha ble [netw ork | host | p r oto c ol | admin istrati on | f r agm entation -needed | port | s ource- r oute - fai l] If yo u e n ter the comm and w it hout spec ify ing a message ty pe (as in the ex ample above), a ll typ es of I C MP Unr eacha ble me ss ages li ste d a[...]

  • Seite 164

    Conf igur in g I P s ources to the s a me desti nat ion , th e routi ng s w itc h pla ces the route in the IP ro ute tab l e. • OSPF – See RIP , but subs titute “ OSPF ” fo r “ RIP ” . • BGP4 – See RIP , bu t s ubs ti tute “ BGP4 ” fo r “ RIP ” . • Def ault ne twork rou te – A static ally co nfigure d defau l t ro ute th[...]

  • Seite 165

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide • Path redun dancy – Whe n you add mu lti ple st ati c IP rou t es for the same desti nati on, bu t give the rou t es diffe ren t me tri cs or adminis trati ve di sta nce s, the rou t ing s w itc h us es the ro ute wi th the lo we st adminis trati ve di stanc e b y defa ul t, but uses anoth e r route[...]

  • Seite 166

    Conf igur in g I P HP9300(config)# ip route 192.128.2.69 255.255.255.0 ethernet 4/1 The c ommand in the example above c onfi gur es a s t ati c IP rou t e f o r d e stina t ion n e twork 1 92.1 28.2.6 9 /24 . Si nc e an Eth e rne t po rt i s spe cif ied i nst ead of a g a te way IP ad dre ss as the next hop, th e routing switch alw a ys forwards tr[...]

  • Seite 167

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 4. Clic k on the Ge ne ral link to d i sp la y the IP confi gur ation p anel. 5. Clic k t he St at i c Ro ut e link . • If the de vic e does n o t h ave any IP s t ati c route s, the Stati c Ro ute configura t ion panel i s disp la yed. • If a s t at ic rou t e i s al ready c onfigu r ed and y ou are[...]

  • Seite 168

    Conf igur in g I P T o disp lay th e m aximum va lue fo r your de vice, en ter the s how default values command . The m aximum nu mber of stati c IP rout es the system can h o ld is li ste d in th e i p -stati c-route row i n the Sy stem Parameters sect ion of t he di spla y . T o cha nge the maximu m val ue, use th e s ystem-max ip-st a tic- ro ut[...]

  • Seite 169

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide The f o ll owing c omma nds c onf igu r e s t ati c IP rou t es to the same de stinat ion , bu t w ith di f fe ren t me tri cs. The ro ute wi th the lo wes t metr ic is use d by de fau l t. The oth e r route s are back ups in case the first rou t e be comes unavaila ble . The routi ng switch us es the ro[...]

  • Seite 170

    Conf igur in g I P NOTE: If yo u specif y 1 6 , R IP consi de r s the m et r ic to b e i n finit e an d thus also co nside r s the r oute to be un re ac ha ble. 10. O pti ona ll y c ha nge the admi nis t rativ e di stanc e b y edi tin g the v a lue i n the D i sta nce field . W hen co mparin g ot her wi se equal rou t es to a d e stina t ion, th e [...]

  • Seite 171

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T wo static routes to 192.168.7.0/24: --Standard static route through gatewa y 192.168.6.157, with metr ic 1 --Null route, with metric 2 Router A Router B 192.168.6.157/24 192.168.7.7/24 192.168.6.188/24 When standard static route is good, Router A uses that route. 192.168.7.69/24 Router A Router B 192.1[...]

  • Seite 172

    Conf igur in g I P T wo static routes to 192.168.7.0/24: --Interface-based route through port 1/1, with metr ic 1. --Standard static route through gatewa y 192.168.8.11, with metr ic 3. Router A 192.168.6.69/24 If route through interface 1/1 becomes unav ailable, 192.168.8.11/24 When route through interface 1/1 is av ailable, Router A alw ays uses [...]

  • Seite 173

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns .[...]

  • Seite 174

    Conf igur in g I P W hen th e s o ft wa re uses the d e fault ne twork route, it also uses t he default n e twor k route ’ s next ho p gatewa y as the ga teway of la st re so rt. This fe atu r e i s especia lly usef ul in en vironmen ts w here n e twor k topolog y ch anges c an make the n ext ho p gate w ay un rea ch abl e. Thi s featu r e a llo [...]

  • Seite 175

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot c on f igure a d e fau lt netw o rk route using th e W eb m anagem ent in terfa ce. In ad dition, th e IP route tabl e di spla y i n the W e b mana gemen t interface does n o t indica te route s that ar e cand ida t e d e fau l t n e twork rou t es . Th [...]

  • Seite 176

    Conf igur in g I P Here are th e defau l t a dmi nist rative dis t ance s o n t he H P routing sw it ch : • Dire ctly conne cte d – 0 (t his va lue i s no t c onf ig urable) • Sta t ic IP r oute – 1 (ap pli es to all st ati c route s, inc lud ing d e fau lt route s and defaul t network routes ) • Exterior Bo rde r Gatewa y Pr otocol (EBGP[...]

  • Seite 177

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide The load s haring sta t e f o r all t he route s ourc es is ba sed o n the s t ate of IP lo ad sh aring. Sinc e I P load s har in g is e nabled by defau l t o n a ll HP routing sw it ches , load sharing fo r s t ati c IP rou t es, R I P ro ute s, OSPF rou t es, an d BGP4 routes als o is enable d by de fa[...]

  • Seite 178

    Conf igur in g I P Res ponse t o Path State Ch anges If one of the lo ad-b a lanced path s to a cached d es t ination b e comes una vailabl e, o r the IP route tab l e rec e iv es a new equal -co st pat h to a c ached de stina t ion, the s o ft wa re r e move s the unavaila ble path from the IP route tab l e. Then the software sele cts a new pa th [...]

  • Seite 179

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide H6 192.168.2.155 H5 192.168.2.193 H4 192.168.2.175 H9 H3 192.168.1.218 H2 192.168.1.170 H1 192.168.7.1 H8 H7 IP Forwarding Cache Host-Based Load Sharing Destination Host 192.168.1.170 (H1) 192.168.1.234 (H2) 192.168.1.218 (H3) 192.168.2.175 (H4) 192.168.2.193 (H5) 192.168.2.155 (H6) 192.168.3.209 (H7) 19[...]

  • Seite 180

    Conf igur in g I P H6 192.168.2.155 H5 192.168.2.193 H4 192.168.2.175 H9 H3 192.168.1.218 H2 192.168.1.170 H1 192.168.7.1 H8 H7 IP Forwarding Cache Host-Based Load Sharing Destination Host 192.168.2.175 (H4) 192.168.1.170 (H1) 192.168.1.218 (H3) 192.168.3.209 (H7) 192.168.3.111 (H9) 192.168.1.234 (H2) 192.168.2.193 (H5) 192.168.3.159 (H8) 192.168.2[...]

  • Seite 181

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Figure 6.7 sho w s an example o f IP load shari ng cache en tri es fo r network - bas ed IP loa d sharing. Th e network in this ex ample i s the same as the netw ork in Fi gure 6. 5 a nd Figure 6.6. No tice that the cache c ont ain s one en try fo r ea ch de stina t ion netw ork , inst ead of a s ep a ra[...]

  • Seite 182

    Conf igur in g I P M = A num ber fro m 1 to the maximum num ber of load -sh a rin g pa ths. Thi s val ue inc r ease s b y 1 until it reaches the m axim um, the n reve rts to 1 . P = Num ber of equal-c ost paths to desti nati on net wo rk S = Sel ect ed pat h For referenc e, the fol l ow i ng ta ble list s the pat h tha t the ne twork - ba sed IP lo[...]

  • Seite 183

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T a ble 6. 7: Path Sel ection fo r Ne tw ork-Bas ed IP Loa d Sha r ing ( Continu e d) 5 3 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 6 3 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 7 3 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 8 3 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 Num b er o f Path s M aximum Path s Pat h Counter V a lue 1 2 2 4 3 5 4 3 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 3 2 1 5 4 3 4 3[...]

  • Seite 184

    Con figur ing I P 6 - 57 As shown in T able 6.7, the re sults of the netw ork-b ased IP load sha ring algorith m provide evenly-distrib uted load sharing . Figure 6.8 s hows a network where a ro uting switch has ei ght equal -cost paths to d estina tion netw orks N1 – N8. Th e routin g switc h (R1) ha s bee n enabled to support up to eight IP loa[...]

  • Seite 185

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns .[...]

  • Seite 186

    Conf igur in g I P NOTE: The h os t -ba s ed lo ad sh aring fo r the desti n at ion ta kes ef fect only i f th e IP route table conta i ns an en try that e xa c tl y match es the destinati on net wo rk you s pecif y . For exampl e, i f y ou c onf igure host-base d load sharing for desti nat ion ne twork 20 7.9 5 .7. 0 /24 , the IP route table mu st[...]

  • Seite 187

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: If the se ttin g fo r the m aximum nu mber of paths is lo we r than the actual numb er o f eq ual-co st pat hs, the so ftw ar e do es no t us e al l t h e p ath s f or lo ad shar i n g. T o cha nge the number o f paths , use e i th er o f the following me tho ds. USING THE CL I T o cha nge the numb[...]

  • Seite 188

    Conf igur in g I P NOTE: T o pl ace a c hange to the h i gh -pe r formanc e mode i n to ef fect, y ou must reload the so ftware aft e r s avi ng the c ha nge to the sta r tup - config fi le. USING THE CL I T o e nable the hig h -perfo rma n ce m ode , enter the follow i ng c omm and : HP9300(config)# ip high-perf HP9300(config)# write memory HP9300[...]

  • Seite 189

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide HP9300(config)# show ip dr-aggregate Syntax : sh ow ip dr-agg regate [<ip-addr>] If yo u specif y a n IP addres s, onl y the e n tri es for that de stinat ion are dis p lay ed. Here is an ex ample o f the in formati on dis play ed by thi s comma nd. HP9300(config)# show ip dr-aggregate Total number[...]

  • Seite 190

    Conf igur in g I P NOTE: Y ou can config ure IRDP pa ram e te rs o n ly an i ndivi dual por t basis. T o do so, IRDP must be d i sabl ed gl oball y and e nab led on ly on i ndividua l p o rts . Y ou cannot c o nf igure IR DP pa ram e ters if the fe ature i s global ly e nabled . W hen IR DP is enab led , the rou t ing s w itc h pe riodi cally s end[...]

  • Seite 191

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Enabli ng IRDP on a n Indiv i du al Por t T o e nable IR DP on an ind ivi dual port and confi gur e IR DP [...]

  • Seite 192

    Conf igur in g I P • The e n try numb er – the en try ’ s seque nce n um ber in t he RARP tab l e. • The M AC ad dre ss of the boot c lient. • The I P addres s you want the rou t ing s w itc h to give to the clien t. W hen a c li ent se nds a RARP broa dcast req uesting a n IP add res s, the rou t ing switch res po nds to the reques t b y[...]

  • Seite 193

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Cre a ting[...]

  • Seite 194

    Conf igur in g I P 7. Enter the I P address. 8. Click th e Add b u tton to sa ve the change t o the d e vice ’ s runni ng-c onf ig fil e. 9. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Changing th[...]

  • Seite 195

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: If you d i sable forwardi ng for a UDP ap pli cat ion, f o rward i ng of clien t req uests rec eived as br oad casts to he lper a ddre sses is di sable d. Di sabling forw ar di ng o f an appli cat io n does not disa ble oth e r s up port for the a pplic ation. For example , if yo u d is able forwar[...]

  • Seite 196

    Conf igur in g I P USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th e plus si[...]

  • Seite 197

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 5. Selec t th e p o rt ( and sl ot i f appl ica bl e ) o n behal f o f which the UDP helpe r pa ckets will be forwarde d. 6. Enter the I P addres s of the re mote s e rv er for w h ich th e routing s w itc h wi ll be rela ying the packets . 7. Click th e Add b u tton to sa ve the change t o the d e vice [...]

  • Seite 198

    Conf igur in g I P BootP/DHC P Forwa rd ing P ara me te rs The f o ll owing p a ram e te rs con t rol the rou t ing s w itc h ’ s forwa rding of Bo ot P/DHCP re ques ts: • Helper addres s – Th e Bo ot P/DHCP serve r ’ s IP addr ess . Y o u m ust c onfigu r e the h e lper a ddr ess on th e in te rface that rece ives t he Bo ot P/DHCP re ques[...]

  • Seite 199

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Changing the Maxi mum N u mbe r of Hops to a BootP Re lay Se rver Ea ch Bo ot P/DHCP re ques t i n cl udes a fi eld Ho p Co un t fi eld. Th e Ho p Co un t fi eld indicates how ma ny ro uter s th e re quest has passed thro ugh. Wh en th e ro uting swi tch rece ives a Bo ot P/DHCP re ques t, t he routing s[...]

  • Seite 200

    Conf igur in g I P Configuring IP Param e te rs – H P 6208M-SX The f o ll owing s ect ions descri be how to c onf igu r e I P pa ram e ters o n the H P 6 208 M-SX . NOTE: This se ction des cr ibe s how to confi gure IP p a rameters for the HP 6208M-SX s w itc h. For I P configura t io n in for mat ion for rout ing sw itc hes, see “ Confi gur in[...]

  • Seite 201

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 5. Enter the I P addres s in the IP addres s fie l d. 6. Enter the s ub- net ma sk in the Sub ne t Ma sk field . 7. Enter the d e fault gatew ay ’ s IP add res s in t he De fau l t G at e way field . 8. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 9. Sele[...]

  • Seite 202

    Conf igur in g I P 5. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 6. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Using a DNS Name T o I n it ia te a [...]

  • Seite 203

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Comm and in the tree view to list the command op tio ns. 3. Sele ct the T r ace R oute li nk to dis play the T r ace R o ute panel . 4. Enter the h o st name or IP addres s in the T a rget Address fi eld . NOTE: Y o u ca n use the host na me only if you have al re ad[...]

  • Seite 204

    Conf igur in g I P Step 3: DHCP Server generates IP addresses for Hosts 1,2,3 and 4. All IP address are assigned Server DHCP Server 207.95.7.6 Router 192.95.5.1 200.95.6.1 202.95.1.1 202.95.5.1 192.95.5.35 192.95.5.5 192.95.5.30 192.95.5.10 IP addresses configured on the router interface Host 1 200.95.6.x Host 2 192.95.5.x Sub-net 1 Sub-net 2 Hub P[...]

  • Seite 205

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide DHCP Server 207.95.7.6 Server Step 3: Router Host 1 200.95.6.x Host 2 192.95.5.x Sub-net 1 Sub-net 2 Hub HP Switch 4000 Interface Interface Interface Step 2: The HP 6208M-SX stamps each DHCP request with the gatewa y address of the corresponding sub-net of the receiving por t. 2 8 14 Router forw ards the[...]

  • Seite 206

    Conf igur in g I P Step 4: DHCP Server extracts the gate way address from each pack et and assigns IP addresses for each host within the appropriate range. Server DHCP Server 207.95.7.6 Router Host 1 200.95.6.15 Host 2 192.95.5.10 Sub-net 1 Sub-net 2 Hub Po wer Console HP Switch 4000 DHCP response with IP addresses Host 1 Host 2 for sub-nets 1, 2, [...]

  • Seite 207

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Syntax : dh cp-gate w ay-list < num> < i p-addr > USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Se le ct th e DHCP Ga te wa y li nk to d isp la y th[...]

  • Seite 208

    Conf igur in g I P In addit i on to the inf o rmation d esc ribed be low , you c an dis play the fol l ow i ng IP informati on. Th is inf o rmation i s de scrib ed in oth e r parts of t h is guide. • RI P informa t io n – se e “ Di splay ing RI P Filt ers ” on pag e 7 -16. • OSPF i n form at io n – se e “ Displ ayi ng O SPF In formati[...]

  • Seite 209

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 6.8 : CLI Di splay o f Gl obal IP Con f igura t ion Inform ation – rou t ing switch Th is Field... Displays. .. Glob al settings ttl T he T ime -T o-Live (TTL) for IP packets . T he TTL speci f ie s the maximum numb er o f rou t er hops a pack[...]

  • Seite 210

    Conf igur in g I P T abl e 6 . 8: C L I Dis p lay of G l obal I P Config uration Inf o rmation – routin g switc h (Continued) Th is Field... Displays. .. Polici es I nde x T he policy num be r . This is th e num ber you ass ig ned the polic y wh en you confi gure d i t. Action T he act i on the rou t ing s w itc h takes i f a pac ke t m a tches t[...]

  • Seite 211

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Loopback 1 1.2.3.4 YES NVRAM down down Syntax : sh ow ip in terfac e [ethe r net <po r tnu m >] | [ l oopba ck <num >] | [ve < num>] This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 6.9 : CLI Di splay o f Inte rf ace IP Con f igura t ion I n forma t ion Th is Field... Display[...]

  • Seite 212

    Conf igur in g I P This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 6.1 0 : W eb Di splay of IP In ter fa ce In for mat ion Th is Field... Displays. .. Port # T he phy sica l p o rt n um ber or v i rtu al int e rfac e (VE) number . VEs are show n as “ v<num > ” , wher e < num > is th e num ber you assigned t o t he VE w h[...]

  • Seite 213

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide The < ma sk> param e te r lets you spec ify a ma sk for the ma c-address <xxxx. xxxx.xx xx> par a met er , to d isp la y en tr ie s for mu lt iple MA C ad dr esse s. Specif y t h e MAC a ddre ss ma sk a s “ f ” s an d “ 0 ” s, wher e “ f ” s are signific ant bi ts . The < i p-a[...]

  • Seite 214

    Conf igur in g I P T a ble 6. 12: W e b D i splay of A RP Ca che – rou t ing sw itch Th is Field... Displays. .. No de T he IP ad dres s of the devic e. MAC Addres s T he MAC a ddre ss of the de vice. T ype T he typ e , w h ic h can be o n e of t he f o ll owing: • Dyn amic – The routi ng sw it ch le arned the entry from an in comi ng packet [...]

  • Seite 215

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: The < i p-m ask> param e ter and <mask> param eter perf o rm di f fer ent ope rations . The <ip - ma sk > pa ram e ter s pecifi es the network ma sk for a s p ecif ic IP a ddre ss, wh ereas the <ma sk> pa ram et e r provi des a fil t er for disp lay ing mult ipl e MAC addre [...]

  • Seite 216

    Conf igur in g I P Th e s how ip cache com m and display s the fol l ow i ng in forma t io n. T a ble 6.1 4 : C L I D i splay of IP Forwar ding Cach e – ro uting switch Th is Field... Displays. .. IP Add r es s T he IP ad dres s of the destin a tion. Ne xt Hop T he IP ad dres s of t he nex t-hop route r to the destin a ti on. This fie ld cont ain[...]

  • Seite 217

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 6. 15: W e b Display of IP Forw a rding Cac h e I n forma t ion – rout ing s wit ch Th is Field... Displays. .. IP Add r es s T he IP ad dres s of the destin a tion. Ne xt Hop T he IP ad dres s of t he nex t-hop route r to the destin a ti on. [...]

  • Seite 218

    Conf igur in g I P Start index: 1 B:BGP D:Connected R:R IP S:Static O:OSPF *:Candidate default Destination NetMask Gateway Port Cost Type 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 99.1.1.2 1/1 2 R 1.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 99.1.1.2 1/1 2 R 1.3.0.0 255.255.0.0 99.1.1.2 1/1 2 R 1.4.0.0 255.255.0.0 99.1.1.2 1/1 2 R 1.5.0.0 255.255.0.0 99.1.1.2 1/1 2 R 1.6.0.0 255.255.0.0 99.1.1.[...]

  • Seite 219

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 53 209.159.39.0 255.255.255.0 207.95.6 .101 1/1 1 S 54 209.159.40.0 255.255.255.0 207.95.6 .101 1/1 1 S 55 209.159.41.0 255.255.255.0 207.95.6 .101 1/1 1 S 56 209.159.42.0 255.255.255.0 207.95.6 .101 1/1 1 S 57 209.159.43.0 255.255.255.0 207.95.6 .101 1/1 1 S 58 209.159.44.0 255.255.255.0 207.95.6 .101 1[...]

  • Seite 220

    Conf igur in g I P Cle ari ng IP Route s If neede d, y ou can c l ear th e entire rou t e t able o r sp ecifi c i ndividua l route s. pr ocedu res . USING THE CL I T o clea r al l ro ut es fr om th e I P rout e t a bl e : HP9300# clear ip route T o clea r route 209.15 7 .22.0/24 f r om the IP routing table: HP9300# clear ip route 209.157.22.0/24 Sy[...]

  • Seite 221

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide TCP Statistics 0 active opens, 0 passive opens, 0 f ailed attempts 0 active resets, 0 passive resets, 0 input errors 138 in segments, 141 out segments, 4 retransmission RIP Statistics 0 requests sent, 0 requests received 0 responses sent, 0 responses receiv ed 0 unrecognized, 0 bad version, 0 bad addr fa[...]

  • Seite 222

    Conf igur in g I P T a ble 6.1 7 : C LI Di splay of IP T r affic Statistics – ro uting switch (Continued ) pa rame ter T he num ber of Param ete r Pro b lem m ess ages s ent or rec e iv ed by the device . sour ce qu enc h T he number of Sourc e Qu enc h m essa ges s ent or re ceived by the device . r edirec t T he number of Re direc t me ssages s[...]

  • Seite 223

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T a ble 6.1 7 : C LI Di splay of IP T r affic Statistics – ro uting switch (Continued ) out seg men ts T he num ber of TCP segm ents s en t by the d e vice . re transm ission T he numbe r of seg men ts that th is devi ce retra nsmi tted be cau se the retransm issi on time r for the s egmen t had expi r[...]

  • Seite 224

    Conf igur in g I P This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T abl e 6 . 18: W e b D isp lay of I P Tr aff i c Sta t istics – routing s w itch Th is Field... Displays. .. IP st at isti cs Packets Received T he num ber of IP packets rec eived by th e d evice. Packets Sent T he num ber of IP packets ori gi nate d a nd sen t by the d evic [...]

  • Seite 225

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T a ble 6.1 8 : W eb Di splay o f IP T r affic Statis tics – routing switch (Continued ) Re ceiv ed R e dir e ct T he num ber of Re direc t me ssag es rec e iv ed by the devi ce . Sent Re di rec t T he number of R e direc t messag es sent b y t he dev ice. Re ceiv ed Echo T he numbe r of Ech o mess age[...]

  • Seite 226

    Conf igur in g I P T a ble 6.1 8 : W eb Di splay o f IP T r affic Statis tics – routing switch (Continued ) Active Rese ts T he num ber of TCP conn ect i on s t h is de vice res e t b y sen d i ng a TC P RESET mess age to the de vice at the other end o f the c onn ection . Passiv e Re se ts T he n um ber o f TCP c onnection s this device re set b[...]

  • Seite 227

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Dis p lay i ng IP Information – HP 6208M- SX Y o u can d isp la y the fol l ow i ng I P configura t ion i n forma t ion st ati s ti cs on the HP 6208 M-SX: • Glo bal IP s e tting s – se e “ Di splay ing Glo bal IP C o nfigura t ion In formati on ” on pag e 6 -100 . • ARP e n tri es – se e ?[...]

  • Seite 228

    Conf igur in g I P USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o disp lay t he m an age ment IP addres s and de fau l t g a te wa y: 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to di[...]

  • Seite 229

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o disp lay t he A RP cache : 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -on ly or read -write ac ces s. Th e Syst em c onfigu r ation pan el is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o M onitor in the tree view to dis[...]

  • Seite 230

    Conf igur in g I P 1 current active tcbs, 4 tcbs alloca ted, 0 tcbs freed 0 tcbs protected 0 active opens, 0 passive opens, 0 f ailed attempts 0 active resets, 0 passive resets, 0 input errors 27 in segments, 24 out segments, 0 re transmission Syntax : sh ow i p tra f fi c Th e s how ip traffic comman d d i splays the fol lowing inf o rmati on. T a[...]

  • Seite 231

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T abl e 6 . 22: CLI D is p lay of IP T ra ffic St atist i cs – switc h (Con tinued) echo T he number of Ech o mess ages sent or recei ved by t he d evice. echo reply T he num ber of Ech o Reply mess ages sent o r rec eiv ed by the d e vi ce . timest am p T he number of Time stam p m essa ges s ent or r[...]

  • Seite 232

    Conf igur in g I P T abl e 6 . 22: CLI D is p lay of IP T ra ffic St atist i cs – switc h (Con tinued) out seg men ts T he num ber of TCP segm ents s en t by the d e vice . re transm ission T he number of seg men ts that this devi ce retra ns mi tted becau s e the retransm issi on time r for the s egmen t had expi red b e fore the devi ce a t t h[...]

  • Seite 233

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T abl e 6 . 23: W e b D isp lay of IP T ra ffic Sta t isti cs – sw itc h (Continue d) Sent Errors Th is in formation is used by HP cu st omer supp ort. Re ceiv ed Un rea c ha ble T he num be r of D e stina t io n Un reachable me ssages rec e ived by the device . Sent U n rea ch abl e T he numbe r of D [...]

  • Seite 234

    Conf igur in g I P T abl e 6 . 23: W e b D isp lay of IP T ra ffic Sta t isti cs – sw itc h (Continue d) Th is Field... Displays. .. UDP stati s tics Re ceiv ed T he numbe r of UDP packe ts rec e ived by the device . Sent T he num ber of UDP packets sent b y t he d evice. No Port T he num ber of UDP packets droppe d becaus e the p a cket did no t[...]

  • Seite 235

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 6 - 108[...]

  • Seite 236

    Chap ter 7 Confi g uri n g RI P Rou t ing Informa t ion Protoc ol (RIP) is an IP rou t e e x cha nge pro t ocol tha t us es a di sta n ce vector (a numbe r represen tin g dis t ance ) to measure the cost of a giv en ro ute. The co st is a dist ance vect or becau s e the cost of ten is e quiva len t to the numb er o f rou t er hops b e tween the H P[...]

  • Seite 237

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T abl e 7 . 1: R I P G l obal Par a mete rs Param e te r Descrip tion Default See pa ge... RI P s t ate Rou ti ng Info rma t ion Pro t ocol ver s ion 2 No te : Y ou c an chan ge the R I P versi on on i nd i vidual interfaces . e T abl e 7 .2 on p ag e 7-3 . Disabl ed 7- 3 Admi nist ra ti ve dis tan ce Th[...]

  • Seite 238

    C onfigu r ing RIP RIP Interface P a rameter s T able 7. 2 li st s th e i n te rf ac e-le vel R IP para me ters and t h ei r de fa ul t va lues , and i n dica tes where yo u ca n fi nd c onfigu r ation inf o rmation. . T a ble 7.2: RIP I n terfa ce Para me ters Param e te r Descrip tion Default See pa ge... RI P v e rsion T he ve rsion o f the p r [...]

  • Seite 239

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide HP9300(config)# write memory Syntax : [no ] router rip USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Selec t th e Enable ra dio button next to R IP . 3. Cl ick [...]

  • Seite 240

    C onfigu r ing RIP Configuring Metric Parameters By defau l t, a rou t ing s w itc h po rt i ncr ea ses the c ost of a R IP route that i s lear ned on the port by one. Y ou c an c onfigu r e indi vidual p o rts to add mo re than one to a l ear ned rou te ’ s cost. In a ddi tio n, you c an c onf igure a RIP of fs et list to incre ase the m e tri c[...]

  • Seite 241

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide The s o ftw a r e adds the of fse t va lu e to the rout ing metric (co st) of th e route s that m a tc h the AC L . If a rout e m a tches bo th a g l obal of fs et list and an int e rfa c e-b as ed of fse t list, the interfa ce- based offse t li st tak e s pre ce dence . Th e in ter f ac e-base d o f fs [...]

  • Seite 242

    C onfigu r ing RIP Configuring Redistribution Y o u can c onf ig ure the rout ing sw it ch to redi stribu te route s lear ned thro ugh O pe n Sho r tes t Pa th F i rst (OSPF) o r Border Ga tew a y Pro t ocol ve rsion 4 (BG P 4) i n to RIP . W hen you redis t ribute a route fro m o ne of thes e o t he r pr oto c ol s into RIP , the ro uting s w itc [...]

  • Seite 243

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o RI P i n th e t r ee vie w to expand th e l i st of RI P op tio n link s. 4. Clic k on the Re dist ri bu tion Fi lter li nk. • If the d ev ice does not have a n y R I P redi stributio n filters , the R I P R e dis t rib u ti on Filt er confi gur ation p ane l is di[...]

  • Seite 244

    C onfigu r ing RIP HP9300(config-rip-router)# default-met ric 10 This co mmand a ssi gn s a R I P m etr ic of 1 0 to each rou t e that is redist ributed int o RIP . Syntax : [no ] defau l t-m e tric <1-15> USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The[...]

  • Seite 245

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Changing the Update Int erval for Route Adv ert is emen ts The upda te i n terva l spec ifies ho w oft en the routing sw it ch se nds route advert i se ments to its RI P n e i ghbors . Y ou c an sp eci fy an int e rv al f r om 1 – 10 00 s econds. Th e d e fau lt is 30 sec onds. USING THE CL I T o cha n[...]

  • Seite 246

    C onfigu r ing RIP USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o e nable lea r ni ng o f defau l t R I P rou t es : 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist o[...]

  • Seite 247

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide • If a R IP nei ghbor filte r is a l rea dy confi gure d a nd y ou are ad din g a new filter , cli ck on the Add Nei ghbor Filte r li nk to dis play the RI P N ei ghbor F ilte r c onfigu r ati on p an e l, as sh own i n th e f o llowing e x ample. • If you a r e modifying an existing RIP n e ig hbor [...]

  • Seite 248

    C onfigu r ing RIP USING THE CL I T o e nable poiso n rever se on an i n terface, ente r comma nds su ch as the follo wi ng : HP9300(config)# interface ethernet 1/1 HP9300(config-if-1/1)# ip rip poison-r everse Syntax : [no ] ip rip po ison-re ve rs e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o en able RIP ro ut ing on indivi dual interfac es : 1. L [...]

  • Seite 249

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: A route is defin ed by the destin a tion ’ s IP addre s s and n e tw or k m ask. NOTE: Once you define a RI P rou t e fi lte r , the d e fault actio n c han ges fro m lea r nin g a nd adverti sing all rou t es to d enyin g all route s except the ones yo u e xp lic itl y pe rmit. Thus, to den y s [...]

  • Seite 250

    C onfigu r ing RIP 5. Enter the f ilter ID . 6. Selec t ei th er Permi t or De ny as the actio n. 7. Enter a n IP addres s and mask or the w ild card v a lu e, 0 . 0.0.0, to all ow all ro ute s. 8. Click th e Add b u tton to sa ve the change t o the d e vice ’ s runni ng-c onf ig fil e. 9. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. S[...]

  • Seite 251

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o RI P i n th e t r ee vie w to expand th e l i st of RI P op tio n link s. 4. Selec t th e R o ute Fil t er link . 5. Selec t th e Filte r Gr ou p lin[...]

  • Seite 252

    C onfigu r ing RIP This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 7.3: CLI Dis p lay of RIP Filte r Info rm atio n Th is Field... Displays. .. Ro ute f ilter s T he row s und erneath “ RIP Ro ute Fi l ter T able ” list t he R I P rou t e filte r s. If n o RIP route fi lte r s a r e c onf igured on t he dev ice, t he f o ll owing m [...]

  • Seite 253

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o disp lay RI P fil t er i n forma t io n: 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -on ly or read -write ac ces s. Th e Syst em c onfigu r ation pan el is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the [...]

  • Seite 254

    Chap ter 8 Configurin g OSPF This ch apter d esc ribes ho w to con f igure OSPF on HP rou t ing s w itches us in g the C L I and W e b ma nagemen t in ter f ac e. T o disp lay O SPF config ura t ion informati on and st ati s tics, see “ Dis p layi ng OSPF Info rma t io n ” on p age 8-3 9 . For c om p lete s ynt ax informat ion for the CLI c omm[...]

  • Seite 255

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Y o u can f u rth e r l imi t th e b r oadcast area of flooding by defining an a r ea range. The are a ra nge allow s y ou t o assi gn an aggregate value to a range of IP addres se s. Th is aggreg a te val ue becom es th e addre ss tha t is ad vertis ed inste ad all of the ind ivi dual addres ses it[...]

  • Seite 256

    C onfigu r ing O SPF Designated Router Election In a n e tw or k w i th n o desi gnate d router and no bac k up d esi gn ate d ro ute r , the n e ig hboring rou t er wi th the hig hes t pr iority is el ected as the D R, and the route r wi th the ne xt l a rge s t p r iority is el ected as the BD R, as sho w n in Figu re 8. 2 Designated Backup Route[...]

  • Seite 257

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e W hen on ly on e rou t er on the n e twork cl aim s t he D R rol e despi t e n e ighbo rin g routers wi th high er pri o rit i es or rou t er IDs , this rou t er rema ins th e DR. Thi s is also tr ue f o r BDRs . The D R a nd BD R ele cti on pro c es s is pe rform ed w hen on e of the fol lowing ev [...]

  • Seite 258

    Configu ring OSPF 8 - 5 Figure 8.4 AS External LSA reduction Notice th at both Router D a nd Route r E have a route to the other routing d omain th rough Ro uter F . In software rele ases earli er th an 07. 1. X , if Routers D and E ha ve equal-cost r outes to Router F , then bo th Router D and Router E flood A S Externa l LSAs to Rout ers A, B, an[...]

  • Seite 259

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Algorithm for AS Exte rnal LSA Reduction Figure 8. 4 show s an exampl e i n which the norma l AS Ex ternal LSA redu ction fea t ure is in ef fect. T he b eha vi or c hange s unde r the follo wi ng conditio ns : • There is one ASBR a dve rti s in g (orig i natin g ) a route to the extern al destina[...]

  • Seite 260

    C onfigu r ing O SPF Since dy nami c m emo ry allocat i on is autom a ti c and req u ire s no conf igu r ati on, the fol low ing CL I c omm and s and e quiva len t W eb management option s ar e n o t s up ported i n so ft wa re r e le ase 07.1. X : • m aximum - number - of-l sa e x te rn al < num > • m aximum - number-of-l sa router < [...]

  • Seite 261

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Di sab le or re-enabl e load sharing. • Enable o r disab le defaul t-informati on-orig ina t e. • Modi fy Sho r tes t Pat h Fi rst (SPF) t ime rs • Defi ne extern al route s ummar izati o n • Def i ne red i st rib u ti on m etr ic typ e. • Defi ne de ny red i st ributio n. • Defi ne [...]

  • Seite 262

    C onfigu r ing O SPF Note Rega rd ing Dis a bling OSPF If yo u d is able O SPF , the routing sw it ch rem oves a ll the co nfigura t io n i n for mat ion fo r the disa bled proto col fr om the running-c onf ig . Mo reove r , w h en you sa ve th e confi gu r ation t o the s t art up-c onf ig fil e after d i s ablin g one o f these pr oto c ol s, all[...]

  • Seite 263

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The <num > | <i p-addr> para m et er spe c if ies t he a r ea numbe r , wh ich c an be a numb er o r in IP ad dre ss form at . If y ou sp eci fy an numbe r , the n u m ber can be from 0 – 2,147,483, 647 . Th e n ssa param e te r s p ecifi es tha t thi s is an NSSA. Fo r m o re inf o rm[...]

  • Seite 264

    C onfigu r ing O SPF As si gn a T ota lly Stubby Ar ea By defau l t, the routing sw it ch se nds s ummary LSAs (LSA t y pe 3) into st ub areas. Y ou can fu rther red uc e th e num ber o f li nk st ate ad ver t is ements (L SA) sent into a stu b ar ea b y con f iguring t he routi ng sw it ch to sto p s ending summar y LSAs (type 3 LSAs) into the are[...]

  • Seite 265

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The H P imple men tat i on of N S SA is ba sed on RFC 1 587 . Figure 8. 5 shows an exampl e o f an OS PF network co nta i ning an NSSA. OSPF ABR RIP Domain NSSA Area 1.1.1.1 OSPF Area 0 Backbone Internal ASBR Fi gure 8. 5 O SPF ne tw or k co nt ai ning an N SSA This ex ample s hows two rout ing do m[...]

  • Seite 266

    C onfigu r ing O SPF Con f iguring an NSSA T o conf igu r e a n NSSA, us e one o f th e following me thods . USING THE CL I T o conf igu r e OSPF area 1.1 . 1.1 as an NSSA, e n ter the fo llowing comm ands . HP9300(config)# router ospf HP9300(config-ospf-router)# area 1.1.1 .1 nssa 1 HP9300(config-ospf-router)# write memo ry Syntax : ar ea <num&[...]

  • Seite 267

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 6. Enter the a r ea ID in the Area ID field. T he ID can b e a numbe r or an I P address. 7. Selec t NSSA b y clicking on the ra dio button ne xt to NSSA i n th e T ype field . 8. Enter a co st in the Stu b Cost fi eld. This para met er is requ ire d. Y o u can speci fy fro m 1 – 1677721 5. T here[...]

  • Seite 268

    C onfigu r ing O SPF NOTE: If the devic e alre ady ha s an OSPF area range, a table l i st ing the ran ges is disp layed. Cl ic k the Modi fy bu tton to the right of the row des c ribin g a ran ge t o c han ge its co nfiguration, o r c lic k the Add Area Ra nge lin k to d is p lay the O SPF Area R ange conf igu r ation pan el. 7. Enter the a r ea I[...]

  • Seite 269

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -w rit e ac c e ss . 2. If you h a ve not alrea dy ena ble d O SPF , enable i t by clicki ng on the Ena b le rad io button n ext to O SPF on the System config ura t io n panel, th e[...]

  • Seite 270

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 5. Click on th e Interfa ce link . • If the d ev ice does n o t h a ve any O SPF interfa ce s , the OSPF Interface configura t ion pa nel is disp layed, a s sh ow n i n th e f o llowin g e xampl e. • If an OSPF interfa c e is al ready c onf igured and you are add ing a n ew o ne, cl ick o n th e Add OSPF Interface link to d[...]

  • Seite 271

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Modify Int e rfa ce Defa ult s O SPF h as in terfa ce pa ram e ter s that you can c onf igure. For simplicity , each of t hese p a ram ete rs has a defaul t va lue. No cha nge to the s e defa ult va lues is req u ire d exc ept as neede d for spec ifi c ne tw or k c onf igu r ati ons. USING THE CL I [...]

  • Seite 272

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 1 1. M odify the de fault v a lues of the fol l ow i ng interface p a rame ters as ne eded: hello int e rv al, retra nsmi t interval, tra nsmit delay , dead interva l, priority , and co st . 12. Cli ck the Ad d b u tton (i f you are adding a new nei ghbor) o r the M odify button (if y ou are m odifyi ng a n e ig hbo r that i s [...]

  • Seite 273

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Block Flooding of Out bound LSAs on Specific OSP F Interfaces By defau l t, the routing sw it ch flo o ds a ll outbound L SAs on a ll the O SPF in terface s wi thi n an ar ea. Y ou ca n c onfigu r e a filte r to block ou tbound L SAs o n an O SPF i n terface. Thi s fe atu r e is part icu larly use f[...]

  • Seite 274

    C onfigu r ing O SPF OSPF Area 2 HP9308C Router ID 209.157.22.1 HP9308A Router ID 10.0.0.1 OSPF Area 0 OSPF Area 1 “transit area” HP9308B Fi gure 8.6 Def ining OSPF vi rtua l link s wi thin a ne tw ork USING THE CL I EXAM P LE: Figure 8. 6 show s an O SPF a r ea bord e r ro ute r , H P 9 308M-A, tha t is cu t o ff from the ba ckbone a r ea (are[...]

  • Seite 275

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o conf ig ur e a vi rtual li n k: 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -w rit e ac c e ss . 2. If you h a ve not alrea dy ena ble d O SPF , enable i t by clicki ng on the Ena b le rad io button n ext to O SPF on the [...]

  • Seite 276

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 8. Enter the r oute r ID of the neig hbor rou t er . 9. Modi fy the default s e tting s o f the fo llowing param e te rs i f needed: hel lo int e rval, tran sit delay , retra nsmit in ter v al and, d ead interv al . NOTE: For a des cri p ti on of all virtual link pa ram e ter s a nd their po ssible v al ues, s ee “ Modi fy V [...]

  • Seite 277

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Th e MD 5 m et hod of authentic ation e ncr ypts the auth en t ication k ey y ou defi ne. The a u the n tication is in clud ed i n ea ch O SPF p ack et transm itted. MD 5 A u then tication Key : When simple authentic a tion is enabled , th e k ey is an alphanum eric password of up to ei gh t char ac[...]

  • Seite 278

    C onfigu r ing O SPF ASBR (Autonomous System Border Router) RIP Domain OSPF Domain Figu re 8. 7 R ed is tri butin g OSPF an d stati c ro u t es to RIP ro ut es USING THE CL I EXAM P LE: T o c onfigu r e the HP 9 308 M routi ng sw it ch ac ti ng as an ASBR in Figu re 8 . 7 t o red ist rib u te O SPF , BGP4, and st atic route s in to RIP , enter the [...]

  • Seite 279

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Syntax : de ny | p e rmit redi stribute <filt er-nu m> al l | bgp | conne cte d | rip | sta t ic [addr ess <ip-a ddr> <ip - mask> [ m atch-me t ric <valu e> [se t -metric < v alue> ]]] EXAM P LE: T o redis t ri bute R IP , st ati c, and BGP4 ro ute s in to O SPF , ente [...]

  • Seite 280

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 6. Op tionall y , enter the IP addre ss and m ask if y ou w a nt t o filte r the red ist rib u ted rou t es for a s pecif ic network range . 7. Op tionall y , enter the fil t er I D or a cc ept the ID v a lue i n th e Filte r ID field. 8. Op tionall y , s e le ct the fil t er a ct i on, Den y or Perm it . The d e fau lt is Perm[...]

  • Seite 281

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Syntax : de fault-m e tri c <val ue > The < va l ue> can b e fr om 1 – 16,777 ,21 5. The default is 10 . USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o modi fy the c o st tha t is as si gned to redis t ribute d ro ute s: 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d[...]

  • Seite 282

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 5. Selec t th e Enabl e radio bu tton ne xt to R e dis t rib u ti on. 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to apply the c hange to the d evi ce ’ s running -config fil e. 7. Select th e Sa ve link at t he b o tto m of the d ial og, the n select Y es when promp t ed to sa ve the confi gura t io n c hange to the sta r tup - co nfig fil[...]

  • Seite 283

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Disable or Re-enable Load S h aring HP routing switches can lo ad sh are amo ng up to e i ght equa l-c o st IP route s to a d est ination. By defa ul t, IP loa d s haring is enabled. Th e defau l t i s 4 equal -co st paths but you can speci fy from 2 – 8 pat hs . The routi ng switch so ftware ca n[...]

  • Seite 284

    C onfigu r ing O SPF Configure E x ter n al Route S u mmarization W hen the rou t ing s w itc h is an OSPF Auton om ous Sy stem Boundary Rou t er (ASBR), you c an c onfi gu r e it to ad vertis e one ex ternal route as an aggregate for all red ist rib u ted rou t es that a r e c ove re d by a sp eci f ie d addre ss range . W hen yo u conf igu r e a [...]

  • Seite 285

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot c on f igure OSPF rou t e s ummar ization u s i ng the We b m an ageme nt i n terface. Configure Def a ult Route Ori g ination W hen the rou t ing s w itc h is an OSPF Auton om ous Sy stem Boundary Rou t er (ASBR), you c an c onfi gu r e it to au to[...]

  • Seite 286

    C onfigu r ing O SPF Modify S P F T i mers The routi ng switch us es the fol l ow i ng tim e rs when ca lc ulating t he s hor tes t pa th for OSPF routes : • SPF delay - When the rou t ing switch rec eive s a top ol ogy c hange, the software wait s b e fo re i t st arts a Shortest P a th First (SPF) calc ula t ion. By de fault, the so ftware wai [...]

  • Seite 287

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . M odi[...]

  • Seite 288

    C onfigu r ing O SPF The p ac i ng interv al, wh ic h is the int e rval at w h ich th e rou t in g s w itc h re freshes a n accumu lated group of LSAs, is c onfigu r able t o a range f r om 10 – 1 800 seco nds (30 mi nutes ). T he d e fault is 240 s ec onds (f our minute s ). Th us, ev ery fo ur m inu tes, the routing sw i t ch ref r esh e s the [...]

  • Seite 289

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • vi rtual-interfa ce-receiv e -b ad-packet-trap • interface-retra n smit-packe t-trap • vi rtual-interfa ce-retransmit-pa cket-trap • origina t e-ls a-trap • origina t e-maxage-ls a-trap • link-state-d atabase-overflow-trap • link-state-d atabase-app ro aching-o verflo w-trap EXAM P L[...]

  • Seite 290

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 5. Sele ct Disa bl e n ext to RFC 15 83. 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m e[...]

  • Seite 291

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The <num > indi cates th e number o f O SPF route s a llo w ed and ca n b e fro m 400 0 – 320 00. Th e change tak es ef fe ct afte r the rou t in g s w itc h i s rebooted . USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot m od i fy the m aximum numbe r of OSPF rou t es us ing the W eb mana[...]

  • Seite 292

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Displayi ng OSPF In for mat io n Y o u can u se CLI com m ands a nd We b m an ageme nt o p tions to dis play the fol lowing OS PF [...]

  • Seite 293

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Link State Database Approaching Overfl ow Trap: Enabled OSPF Area currently defined: Area-ID Area-Type Cost 0 normal 0 OSPF Interfaces currently defined: Ethernet Interface: 3/1-3/2 ip ospf md5-authentication-key-activat ion-wait-time 300 ip ospf cost 0 ip ospf area 0 Ethernet Interface: v1 ip ospf [...]

  • Seite 294

    C onfigu r ing O SPF T abl e 8 . 2: C L I D i sp lay of OSPF A rea Inf orm ati on (Co ntinued) T ype T he area type, w h ich c an be one of the fol l ow i ng: • nssa • no rmal • stub Co st T he area ’ s cost . SPFR T he SPFR va lue. AB R T he ABR numbe r . ASBR T he ABSR nu mber . LSA T he LSA num ber . Ch ksum (Hex ) T he c hecksum for the[...]

  • Seite 295

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T abl e 8 . 3: C L I Display of O SPF Neighbor Info rmati on ( Con t inued) Pri T he O SPF pri o ri ty of th e n e ighbo r . The priority is used durin g electio n of the Desig nate d R outer (D R) a nd Backup desi gnated R oute r (BD R). Sta te T he state of the c onver sation betwee n the ro uting[...]

  • Seite 296

    C onfigu r ing O SPF 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o O SPF i n th e tree v iew to exp and th e list of OSPF opt ion li nks. 4. Cl ick on th e N ei ghb or link . Dis p lay i ng OS PF Interface Info rm ation T o disp lay O SPF int e rfac e information for th e routing s w itc h, us e one o f the follo wi ng me tho ds. USING THE CL I T o disp la[...]

  • Seite 297

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 8. 4: C LI Di splay of OSPF R ou t e Infor mat ion ( C o ntinu e d) Mask T he netw o rk mas k for the route. Path_ C os t T he cos t of th is rou t e p a th. (A route can h a ve mu ltipl e pa ths . Ea ch pa th rep r esents a dif fer ent exit p o rt f o r th e routing s w itch. ) T yp e2_ Cos[...]

  • Seite 298

    C onfigu r ing O SPF USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot d isp lay the OSPF rou t e tabl e using th e W eb mana gemen t interfa ce. Displaying OSPF External Link State I nfo rmation T o disp lay e x terna l li nk st ate in formation for the routing sw itch , use one of the f o llowin g m e thods . USING THE CL I T o disp lay e x tern[...]

  • Seite 299

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -on ly or read -write ac ces s. Th e Syst em c onfigu r ation pan el is dis play ed. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o M onitor in the tree view to expan d the l ist of monit o [...]

  • Seite 300

    C onfigu r ing O SPF For exam ple, t o de termine a n ex ternal LSA ’ s index number , ente r the fo llo wi ng comman d: HP9300> show ip ospf external-link-sta te Index Aging LS ID Router Seq(hex) Chksum 1 1332 130.132.81.208 130.130.130.241 80000002 000085ae 2 1325 130.132.116.192 130.130.130.241 80000002 0000a37d 3 1330 130.132.88.112 130.13[...]

  • Seite 301

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Displaying OSPF ABR and ASBR I n formation T o disp la y OSPF ABR and ASBR i n fo rm at ion fo r the rou t ing s w itc h , u se one of the fol l owing me tho ds. USING THE CL I T o disp la y OSPF ABR and ASBR i n fo rm at ion , e n ter the fol l owing comm and at any CLI lev el: HP9300> show ip o[...]

  • Seite 302

    Chap ter 9 Configurin g I P Mul t icast Pro t ocols This ch apter d esc ribes ho w to con f igure HP rou t ing switc hes for Proto co l Indepen dent M u lt ica st (PIM) an d Di sta nce V e cto r Multi cast R outing Proto c ol (DVM RP ). H P r outing sw it ch es suppo rt R FC 1 075 for DV MRP a nd PIM De nse (PIM-DM). Th ey als o suppor t R FC 2 362[...]

  • Seite 303

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Upstr eam : Re presen ts the di rec t ion f r om which a rou t er rece ives mu lticast data pac ke ts . An up str e am r outer is a node t hat sends mu lti cast pac kets . Downstr eam : R epr esent s the directi on to wh ich a rou t er forw ar ds multi cast data packets . A do wns tr eam rou t er is[...]

  • Seite 304

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE T o modi fy the defau l t v al ue f o r th e I GMP qu ery interv al : 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure [...]

  • Seite 305

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Enab ling Hardware Forwa rding for all Fra g ments of IP Multica s t Pack ets By def ault , an HP ro ut ing switch forwar ds th e f i rst fragment of a fr agment ed IP mu lticast pack et thro ug h ha rd ware, bu t forward s the re maini ng fragments through the s o ftw ar e. Y ou can enable th e d e[...]

  • Seite 306

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s For exam ple, i n Fi gure 9 . 1 th e s en der wi th add res s 2 07.95.5 . 1 is sending mul t icast p a ck ets to the gro up 2 29.2 25. 0.1 . If a PIM route r rec e iv es any g r oups o t her than tha t group, the route r discards the gro up a nd sen ds a pr une me ssag e to the up stream PIM rou t er . In [...]

  • Seite 307

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Group Member Group Member Leaf Node (No Group Members) R5 R3 R4 R6 R1 R2 Leaf Node Leaf Node Video Conferencing Server (207.95.5.1, 229.225.0.1) (Source, Group) ... Group Member Group Member Group Member ... ... Prune Message sent to upstream router (R4) Interrmediate Node (No Group Members) 229.225[...]

  • Seite 308

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Configuring PIM NOTE: This se ction describe s h ow to c onfi gur e th e “ d ense ” mode of PI M, de sc ri be d i n RFC 1075. See “ Co nfiguri ng PIM Spars e ” o n p age 9-1 3 fo r information abo ut con f iguring PI M Spars e. En abling P I M on the Routing Swi t ch and an Interface By defau l t, [...]

  • Seite 309

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 8. If you a r e configu r ing an IP T u nnel, e n te r the IP addr ess of the destinat ion interfa ce, th e end p o in t o f the IP T u nnel, i n t he Rem o te Address fiel d. IP tunne ling mus t also be e nab led a nd defi ne d on the d es t ination ro ute r in ter f ac e a s we ll. NOTE: The R e m[...]

  • Seite 310

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s 5. Enter a v alue fr om 10 – 3600 into the Nei ghbor R o ute r Tim eout fi eld . 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave the c onf igu r ati on ch ang [...]

  • Seite 311

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e A p r une s t ate is m a intained until the prune t i me r e x pi res or a gra ft m essage is rec e ived for the forw ar din g en try . The d e fa ult value is 180 s ec ond s. USING THE CL I T o set the PIM prune timer to 90, enter the f o llow ing: HP9300(config)# router pim HP9300(config-pim-route[...]

  • Seite 312

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s M odifying Ina c tiv i ty Ti me r The rou t ing s w itc h de let e s a forw a r ding entry if th e entry is no t used to send mult ic as t packet s. The PIM ina c ti vity timer de fin es how long a forw ar din g en try can re main unused be fore the rou t ing s w itc h de letes it . USING THE CL I T o a pp[...]

  • Seite 313

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 8. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . PIM S par se Ov erv i ew Software release 0 6 .6 . X adds supp ort for Pro t oc ol Inde pende nt M ul[...]

  • Seite 314

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s • BSR – The Boo tst rap Route r (BSR) d ist rib u te s RP i n forma t ion to the oth e r PI M Spars e route r s wi thi n th e doma in . Ea ch PIM Spars e doma in ha s one ac tive BSR . For redu ndanc y , you c an con f ig ure ports on mu lti p le route r s as c and idate BSR s. The PIM Spars e protoco [...]

  • Seite 315

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Conf igure the fol l ow i ng int e rfac e para met ers : • Conf igure an IP addres s on the int e rfa ce • Enable PIM Spars e. • Identify the interfa ce as a PIM Spars e bo rder , i f a pplicabl e. NOTE: Y ou c annot c onf ig ure a n HP routi ng int e rfa ce as a PMBR interfac e for PIM Sp[...]

  • Seite 316

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Syntax : [no ] ip pim-s p ar se The c ommand s in this ex ample ad d a n IP i n te rface t o po rt 2 / 2, then enabl e PIM Spars e on the i n terface. If the in terfa ce is on the bo rder of th e PIM Sp ars e doma in, y ou a lso must en ter the fol l ow i ng com m and : HP9300(config-if-2/2)# ip pim border[...]

  • Seite 317

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e By defau l t, this c omma nd con f igures th e routing s w itc h as a cand idate RP for all group n um ber s begi nning wi th 2 24. As a resul t, the ro uting sw itch is a c an d idate R P for all v a lid PIM Sp ars e gr oup numbe rs. Y ou ca n change this by addin g or deleting specific a ddre ss r[...]

  • Seite 318

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Changing th e Shortest Path T r ee (SPT) Threshold In a t yp i cal PIM Sp ars e doma in , there ma y b e tw o or m o re pa ths from a D R (de si gna ted router) fo r a multicas t s ource to a PIM group rec e iver . • Path throug h the RP – Thi s is the path the rou t ing swi t ch uses the fi rst time i[...]

  • Seite 319

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot c on f igure P IM Spars e pa rame ters using the W eb managem ent int e rfa c e. Displaying PI M Sp arse Configuration I nfo rmation and S t atistics Y o u can d isp la y the fol l ow i ng P I M Spars e in forma t io n: • Basic PIM Spars e c onf i[...]

  • Seite 320

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. Th is Field... Displays. .. Glob al PIM Sparse mo de se ttin gs He llo in terval How frequently the ro uting s w itc h sen ds PIM Spa r se hello me ssages to it s PIM Sp ars e ne ighbors. Th is fie ld sho w the number o f seconds be tw e en hello mes s ag[...]

  • Seite 321

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e TT L Th re shol d Fol lo wi ng the TT L th re shol d va lu e, th e i nterf ac e s tat e i s list ed . The in terfac e s t ate c an be one of t he follow ing: • Di sabled • Enabled Local Addre ss I ndicates the IP a ddre ss c onf igu r ed on t he port or v i rtu al int e rfa c e. Th is Field... D[...]

  • Seite 322

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Next bootstrap message in 00:00:20 Next Candidate-RP-advertisement in 00: 00:10 RP: 207.95.7.1 group prefixes: 224.0.0.0 / 4 Candidate-RP-advertisement period: 60 This ex ample s how in forma t ion d i spla yed on a ro uting switch tha t ha s been el ected as the BSR . T he followin g ex ample sho w s inf [...]

  • Seite 323

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e RP I ndica tes the IP addre ss of the Ren dezvous Poi n t (RP). Note : Thi s fi eld appea rs only i f this rou t ing s witch is the BSR . gr oup pr efixes I ndica tes the m u lti cast groups for wh ich the R P lis ted by the pr evi ous fi eld i s a cand ida t e R P . Note : Thi s fi eld appea rs onl[...]

  • Seite 324

    ------------------------------- Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Ca ndida te-RP-a d vertisemen t period I ndi cates h ow fr equent ly the BSR se nds can d idate RP advert i sement mess age s. Note : Thi s fi eld ap pears onl y i f this rou t ing switch is a candi date R P . Th is Field... Displays. .. USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE[...]

  • Seite 325

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. Th is Field... Displays. .. RP I ndica tes the IP addre ss of the Rendez vous Poi n t (RP) for th e specif ied PIM Spa r se group. Fo llowin g the I P addres s is the port or v i rtual interfa c e through which th is rou t ing s w itc h l earned th[...]

  • Seite 326

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Dis p la yi ng M ult ic ast Neighbo r Infor mat ion T o disp lay in form at ion about th e r o ut ing sw it ch ’ s IP M u lti ca st neighb ors , use eit her o f the fo llowing m e thods . USING THE CL I T o disp lay in form at ion about th e r o ut ing sw it ch ’ s PIM nei ghbors , enter the fol l ow i[...]

  • Seite 327

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9300(config-pim-router)# show ip pim flowcache Source Group Parent CamFlags C amIndex Fid Flags 1 209.157.24.162 239.255.162.1 v2 00000700 2023 00004411 F 2 209.157.24.162 239.255.162.1 v2 00000700 201b 00004411 F 3 209.157.24.162 239.255.162.1 v2 00000700 201d 00004411 F 4 209.157.24.162 239.255.[...]

  • Seite 328

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. Th is Field... Displays. .. ( <so u rce> , <group> ) T he com ma -sepa rated v a lues in parent heses is a s our ce -group p ai r . T he <so u rc e> is the PIM sourc e for the mu lti cast <group> . r exampl e, the fol l ow i ng ent[...]

  • Seite 329

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e pr un e ports I ndica tes the p hysic al port s on wh ich the rou t ing sw it ch has rec e ived a pr une no tif i ca tio n (i n a Join/ P rune me ssage) to rem ove t he rec e iver fr om the list of recipie n ts for the group. vi rtual prune ports I ndica tes the virtual i n terfaces ports on w h ich[...]

  • Seite 330

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Re gSto p T he num ber of Re gi ste r Stop m ess ages se nt o r rec ei ved on th e in terface. As se rt T he num ber of Ass e rt m ess ages s ent or rec e ived on the int e rfa c e. T otal Re cv/Xm it T he total nu mber o f IG MP mess ages sent and re ceived by the routing swi t ch . T ota l D i sc ard / c[...]

  • Seite 331

    Advanced Configu ration and Ma nagemen t Guide 9 - 30 Figure 9 .4 PIM Sparse doma ins jo ined by MSDP rou ters In this example , the s ource for PIM Sparse m ultica st group 2 32.0.1.95 is in PIM Sparse domai n 1. The s ource sends a pack et for t he grou p to its di rectly at tached DR. The D R sen ds a Gro up Advertisemen t messag e for the group[...]

  • Seite 332

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s PIM Spars e RPF tree to sen d t he m essage to its peers with in the tree . In Fig u re 9.4 , the M S DP rou t er floods th e Sourc e Ac tiv e messa ge it receiv es from its peer in domain 1 to i ts oth e r p eers , in do main s 3 and 4. No te th at the MSDP ro ut er in doma in 2 do es no t forw ar d th e [...]

  • Seite 333

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Conf ig uring M S DP Peers Us e the fo llowin g C LI metho d to co nfigure an MS DP pee r . USING THE CL I T o conf igu r e a n MSDP peer , enter a co mmand s uch as the fo llowin g at the MS DP co nfigura t ion leve l. HP9300(config-msdp-router)# msdp-peer 205.216.162.1 Syntax : [n o] msdp -p ee r [...]

  • Seite 334

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s M S DP Sum m ary Inform atio n ( Cont inued) KA In The numbe r of MSD P Keepali ve messag es the MSD P router h a s rec e ived from the p eer KA Out T he numbe r of M SDP Ke epalive m essa ges th e M SDP rou t er h as sen t to th e pe er SA In The numbe r of Sou r ce Active me ssag es the MSD P router h a [...]

  • Seite 335

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e MSDP Peer Informat ion This Fie l d... Displ ays... T o tal numbe r of MSD P peers T he nu mbe r of MSD P pee rs c onf ig ured on the rou t ing s w itc h IP Add r es s T he IP addre ss of the pee r ’ s interfac e w i th t he rout ing sw i t ch State T he st ate of the M SDP router ’ s c onn ecti[...]

  • Seite 336

    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s MS DP Pee r Information ( Conti nued ) Notific a ti on M essage Error Co de Rece ived If the M SDP rou t er rec e ives a N O TI FIC A TION message s from the neighbor , the mess age c ontain s an e rror c o de co rres po ndi ng to o ne of the f o llowing e rrors . me errors h a ve s ubcod es [...]

  • Seite 337

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e MS DP Pee r Information ( Conti nued ) This Fie l d... Displ ays... TCP Sta t istic s TCP conn ection st ate T he state of th e c on nectio n wi th t he n ei ghb or . The conne cti on ca n have o ne of the f o llowin g s t at es: • LISTE N – W a iting f o r a connection requ est. • SYN-SENT ?[...]

  • Seite 338

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s MS DP Pee r Information ( Conti nued ) ReT r an s T he numbe r of se quence n u m bers th at the M SDP router retr ansm it te d b eca use t h ey were no t acknow le dg ed. IRcvSeq T he initia l rece ive sequ enc e num ber for the sess ion . RcvN ex t T he ne xt s eq uen ce nu mber expe cte d fr om the ne i[...]

  • Seite 339

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e MS DP Sourc e Activ e Ca che ( Co ntinu e d) RP The RP through wh ic h recei ver s c an acc ess t he g r oup traffic fro m th e sour ce Age T he nu mbe r of seco nds the en try has b een in the cach e This Fie l d... Displ ays... USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot d isp lay M SDP i n[...]

  • Seite 340

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s DVMRP Overview HP routing switches provid e m ult ic ast rou t in g w ith th e Dis t anc e V ect or M u lticast Routing Protocol (DVM RP) rout in g pr ot oc ol . DVMRP uses Interne t Gro up M emb ership Prot ocol (IG M P) to m an age the IP m ult icas t gr oups. DVMR P is a broa dcast an d pruning mul t ic[...]

  • Seite 341

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Figu re 9. 5 D owns tream b road cast o f IP mu lti cast p ackets fro m so ur ce h o st 9 - 40 Group Member Group Member Leaf Node (No Group Members) R5 R3 R4 R6 R1 R2 Leaf Node Leaf Node Video Conferencing Server (207.95.5.1, 229.225.0.1) (Source, Group) ... Group Member Group Member Group Member .[...]

  • Seite 342

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Figu re 9. 6 P ru ning l eaf n od es fro m a m ultic ast t re e Grafts to a Multicas t T ree A D VMR P router res t ore s pr uned b r anc hes t o a multi ca s t t r ee by se nding graft mess ages tow a rds the upstre am route r . Gr aft m e ssages start a t the le af node an d t r avel u p the t r ee, firs[...]

  • Seite 343

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Configuring DVMRP En abling DV MRP on t h e Rout i ng Swi t ch and I n terface Suppose you wan t to initi a te the use o f de sktop vi deo for fel l ow u ser s o n a sp rawling ca mpus network . All de stina t ion w or kst ations ha ve the ap pro p ria t e h a rdw a re a nd software but the rou t in[...]

  • Seite 344

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s 1 1. Cli ck Enable o r Dis able n ext to Encaps ulation to enabl e o r di sable the fea t ure . 12. Cli ck the Ad d b u tton to save the ch ange t o th e d e vice ’ s running-c onf ig fil e. 13 . S el ect the Save link a t the b o ttom o f th e dialog. Select Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s av e the c onf igu[...]

  • Seite 345

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 5. Enter a v alue fr om 40 – 8000 into the Nei ghbor R o ute r Tim eout fi eld . 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to save the chang e t o the devi ce ’ s ru nning-c onf ig fil e. 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave the c onf igu r ati on [...]

  • Seite 346

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s HP9300(config-dvmrp-router)# route-dis card-timeout 150 Syntax : rou t e-d isc ard - tim eou t < 40-8000> USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -w rit e ac c e ss . 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the[...]

  • Seite 347

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o DVMR P in the tree vi ew to expand the list o f DVMRP option li nks . 4. Clic k on the Ge ne ral link to d i sp la y the DV MRP c onf igu r ati on panel . 5. Enter a v alue fr om 5 – 3600 i n the G r aft Re tra nsmit T ime fi eld. 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton [...]

  • Seite 348

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s M odifying T r igge r Inte rval The T rigge r Interval define s how o ften trig ger upd ate s, wh ich re fle ct cha nges in the netw o rk topolo gy , a r e s en t. Exampl e changes in a netw o rk topolog y inc lu de route r up or dow n or c ha nge s i n th e m e tr ic. Pos sibl e va lues are fro m 5 – 30[...]

  • Seite 349

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e M odifying the TTL The TTL de fi nes the minimum val ue req uir ed in a packe t in order fo r t he packet to be forw a r ded ou t the int e rfa c e. For exam ple, i f the TTL for a n in ter f ac e is se t a t 10 it m eans that only t hose p acket s w i th a TTL va lue of 1 0 or more ar e forw ar de [...]

  • Seite 350

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s 8. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . NOTE: Y ou also c an acces s the dialo g fo r s avin g c onfigu r ation ch anges by c licki ng on Comma nd i[...]

  • Seite 351

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 6. Selec t En able n ext to Encaps ulation. 7. Click th e Add b u tton to sa ve the changes to the devic e ’ s run n ing-confi g f ile . 8. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file o[...]

  • Seite 352

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s 4. Cl ick on th e V i rtual I n ter f ac e li nk to dis play the DV MR P Interfac e c onf igu r ati on pan el. NOTE: If the de vic e already ha s DV MRP i n te rfaces, a table l ist ing th e interfac es is dis play ed. Click the Modi f y bu tton to th e ri ght of th e r ow de scri bi ng an interf ace t o c[...]

  • Seite 353

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: In IP m ult ic astin g , a rou t e i s h andled in terms of its so urc e, rathe r th an i ts destinati on . Y ou ca n us e t he eth ern et <p or tn um > par amet e r to sp ecif y a p h ysi cal po rt or t he ve <num> pa ram e ter to s pecify a vi rtu a l int e rfa c e. Th e distan c[...]

  • Seite 354

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s PIM router D Server e3/19 Client e1/4 207.95.7.1 e1/5 207.95.8.10 e4/1 1 207.95.6.1 e3/1 1 PIM router C PIM router A e1/8 207.95.8.1 PIM router B e2/3 207.95.7.2 e1/2 207.95.6.2 Client 9.9.9.101 Multicast group 239.255.162.1 8.8.8.164 209.157.24.62 e6/14 Multicast group 239.255.162.1 Figu re 9. 8 E xam pl [...]

  • Seite 355

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Tracing the route for tree 209.157.23. 188 0 207.95.7.2 0 207.95.7.2 Thresh 0 1 207.95.7.1 Thresh 0 2 207.95.8.1 Thresh 0 3 207.157.24.62 Syntax : mt rac e s ourc e <ip - addr> g r oup <mult ica st-grou p> Th e s ource <ip-addr> para met er s pecif ies the a ddre ss of the rou te ?[...]

  • Seite 356

    Conf igu r in g IP Multic ast Pro t ocol s Displaying Ano the r Mu lti cast Rou t er ’ s M ulti cast Confi gur ati on The H P im pl ementati on o f Mr info is bas ed on t he D VMR P Int e rne t draft by T . Pus a te ri, but ap pli es to PIM an d n ot to DVMRP . T o dis play the PIM confi guratio n o f an oth e r PIM ro ute r , us e the follow i n[...]

  • Seite 357

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 9 - 56[...]

  • Seite 358

    Chapter 10 Configurin g BGP4 This chapter pr ovid es de tails on h ow to co nf igure Bord er Gat ew ay P rot oco l ve rs ion 4 (B GP 4) on HP products us ing t he C L I an d the W eb m anagement in terface . BGP4 is suppo rted on the fol l ow i ng HP pro ducts : • HP 9 308 M and HP 9304M routing s w itc hes • HP 6 308M-SX routing sw itch NOTE: [...]

  • Seite 359

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e ne twork s tha t s hare the same rou t ing a nd a dmi nistration c har acteri sti cs. Fo r e x am ple, a c o rpo r ate intran et c onsisti ng of sev e ral netw ork s u nder co mmon administ r ati ve cont rol mi ght b e c onsidered an AS. T he n e twork s in an AS c an bu t do not need t o ru n the s[...]

  • Seite 360

    Conf igur in g B GP4 “ AS_ P A TH ” .) • Addit i on al path att r ibu t es – A list o f a dditional param e ters that d esc ribe the route. T he route ori g in and n ext h op a r e e xampl es of the se ad ditional p a th att r ibu t es . NOTE: The routin g s w itc h re-advertise s a learn ed best BGP4 rou t e to the routing s w itc h ’ s [...]

  • Seite 361

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • IN COMP LETE i s highes t 7. If the rou t es have the sa me ori g in type, prefer th e route with the lo we st MED. NOTE: If the pa th does not have the ME D attri bu t e, HP ’ s BGP4 u ses ze ro as the ME D value for the com pariso n. 8. If the rou t es have the sa me MED , prefer ro ute s in[...]

  • Seite 362

    Conf igur in g B GP4 routing s w itc h doe s n o t h ave a loo pb a ck in terf ace, the d e fault router ID is the low e st num bered IP addres s c onfigu r ed on the devic e. For more in formation or t o c han ge the rou t er ID , se e “ Changin g t h e R o ut er ID ” on p age 6-2 5. • Param e te r li st – An opti ona l l ist of add itiona[...]

  • Seite 363

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Basic Confi gur ati on and Activati on for BGP 4 BGP4 is dis abl ed by defau l t. T o enabl e BGP4 a nd pla ce your H P routi ng sw it ch in to s e rvice a s a BGP4 ro ute r , y ou mu st perfo rm at leas t the f o llowin g s t ep s: 1. Enable th e BGP4 prot ocol. 2. Set the local AS number . NOTE: Y[...]

  • Seite 364

    Conf igur in g B GP4 HP9300(config-bgp-router)# no router b gp router bgp mode now disabled. All bgp config data will be lost when writing to flash! The W eb managemen t interfa ce does not dis play a w a rning m essa ge. If yo u h a ve di sable d the p r oto col but h a ve not y e t s av ed the confi gura t ion to the st artup-confi g f ile and re[...]

  • Seite 365

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Op tional – Define IP prefix l i sts. • Op tional – De fine nei ghbor d ist rib u te li sts . • Op tional – De fine BGP 4 rou te maps for f ilte r in g routes re dis t ribute d in to RI P an d OSPF . • Op tional – De fine rout e flap dampenin g pa ram et e rs . NOTE: W hen us ing C[...]

  • Seite 366

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Wh en P a ra met er Ch anges T a ke Effect Some par ameter changes tak e ef fect im media t ely w h ile oth e rs do not tak e fu ll ef fec t un til the router ’ s sessio n s wi th i ts nei ghbors are clos ed, the n resta r ted . Som e para m et ers do not ta ke ef f e ct until the rou t er i s r ebo oted . Immedi atel y The f[...]

  • Seite 367

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T abl e 1 0.1: Maxi mum Memo ry Us ag e Platform M aximum Memor y BGP4 Ca n Us e Man ageme nt m odule with 32 MB Note : This amo unt als o app lies t o HP 6 308 M-SX rout ing sw i t ches wi th 32 MB. 7 MB Re dundan t M an agement m od u le wi th 128 M B 62 MB The m em o ry amou nts liste d in the t [...]

  • Seite 368

    Conf igur in g B GP4 12. O pti ona ll y enable automatic summar iz ation o f s ubn ets at the clas sica l IP b ou nda ries (clas ses A, B, a nd C). 13. O pti ona ll y aggr egate route s in the BGP4 route ta ble in to C IDR blo cks. 14. O pti ona ll y c onf igure the routing sw i t ch as a BGP4 rou t e refle c to r . 15. O pti ona ll y c onf igure t[...]

  • Seite 369

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • L oopbac k int e rfac e 1, 9. 9.9 . 9/2 4 • L oopbac k int e rfac e 2, 4. 4.4 . 4/2 4 • L oopbac k int e rfac e 3, 1. 1.1 . 1/2 4 • If the device d oes not ha ve any loopbac k interfac es, th e defau l t ro ute r ID is the lo west numb ered IP i n ter f ac e c onfigu r ed on the device, as[...]

  • Seite 370

    Conf igur in g B GP4 USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Selec t th e Enable ra dio button next to BG P . 3. Enter the l o cal AS nu mber i n th e L o ca l AS field. 4. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton [...]

  • Seite 371

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 7. Cl ick on Conf ig ure in t he tree view to dis play the confi gura t ion o p tions . 8. Cl ick on IP t o di spla y the I P configura t ion optio ns. 9. Selec t th e Add IP Addre s s link to dis pl ay the R out er IP Addre ss pa nel . 10. Sel ec t the loop bac k int e rfa ce from th e Port field ?[...]

  • Seite 372

    Conf igur in g B GP4 ad ve rti sem ent-inter v al <num> s pec ifies th e m i nimu m del ay (in se conds ) betwee n m essa ges to the sp ecified ne ighbo r . T he defa ult is 30 for EBGP neighbors (ne ig hbors i n ot he r ASs). The defau l t i s 5 for IBG P neigh bo rs (neighbo rs in the sam e AS). T he rang e is 0 – 6 00. NOTE: The routi ng[...]

  • Seite 373

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e pre f ix-list < s tri ng> s pecif ies an IP pre f ix li st . Y o u c an us e IP p r efix l ists to co ntrol ro ute s to a nd from th e neighbor . IP pref ix lists are an alt e rna t ive m et hod to A S -pat h filte r s. Y ou c an confi gure up to 100 0 p r efi x list fi lters . The filte r s c[...]

  • Seite 374

    Conf igur in g B GP4 1. Enter the n e i ghbor ’ s IP ad dre ss in the IP Addres s fie l d. 2. Enter a de scrip t ion in the Desc ription field. 3. Selec t En able n ext to De fau lt Ori g inate if you wan t to enable this fea t ure for t he neighbor . By defa ul t, th e routing sw itch does no t adve rti se a de fault route u s in g BGP4. A BGP4 [...]

  • Seite 375

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 10. Sel ect Enable next t o Cl ien t T o Cl ien t Re flection if t h is ne ighbor i s a route-r e fle cto r c li ent of the rou t in g s w itc h. Us e the pa ram e ter on ly if this rou t ing sw it ch is going to b e a rout e ref l ec tor . For inf o rmati on, see “ Co nf ig ur ing Rou t e R e fle[...]

  • Seite 376

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Adding a BGP4 Peer G r oup A p eer gr oup i s a s e t o f BG P4 n e ig hbors tha t share common param e ter s . Peer grou ps pro v ide the f o llowin g b enefits : • Simplif ied neighbor con f igurat ion – Y o u c an configure a s et of n e ighbor pa ram e ters and the n a pply t hem to mult ipl e ne ig hbors. Y ou do not n[...]

  • Seite 377

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Conf ig ur at ion Rule s The f o llowin g rules ap ply to peer g r oup configura t ion: • Y o u m ust confi gure a pee r group befo r e y ou can add nei ghbors to the pee r group. • If you re move a p a ram e te r fro m a pe er g r oup, th e v a lue f o r that p a ramet e r i s rese t to the def[...]

  • Seite 378

    Conf igur in g B GP4 • If you a dd a param e ter to a peer g r oup that a l rea dy co nta i ns n e ighbors, the para met er val ue is appli ed to ne ighbo rs that do not already h ave the p a ram et e r e x pl icitl y set. If a n e ig hbor ha s the p a ra meter e xp licitl y set, the e xp licitl y set va lue overrides th e v a lue y ou set fo r t[...]

  • Seite 379

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Apply i ng a Peer Group to a Neighbor Aft e r you co nfigure a p eer group , you can a dd neighbo rs to the group. Whe n you add a nei ghbor to a peer gro up, y ou are applying all the n e ighbo r attribu t es s pecifi e d in the peer gro up to the n ei ghb or . T o a dd a ne ighbo r to a pe er g r [...]

  • Seite 380

    Conf igur in g B GP4 The < i p-a ddr> param e ter sp ecifi es the IP addre s s of the neighb or . USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tr[...]

  • Seite 381

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 3. Click on th e plus si gn next t o BGP in the tre e vi ew to e xp and the list of BGP o p tio n li nk s. 4. Clic k on the Ge ne ral link to d i sp la y the BGP con f igura t ion panel, show n in Fig u re 10.2 on page 10-8 . 5. Edit the n u m ber in the Keep Ali ve Time f i eld. The Keep Ali ve T i[...]

  • Seite 382

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Changing t he Maximum Number of Paths f o r B G P4 Load Sharing L oad sh aring e nable s the routi ng switch to b a lanc e traf fic to a rou t e a c ro ss mu ltipl e e qual-c o st paths of the same type (EBGP or IBGP) for the rout e. T o conf igu r e t he routi ng sw it ch to perfo rm BGP 4 load sh aring: • Enable IP loa d sh[...]

  • Seite 383

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: The m aximum number o f BGP4 load sharing path s cannot be greater tha n the m aximum numbe r of IP l oad sh aring p a ths. T o incre a se the m axim um number of IP load sharing p a ths, u se the ip load sha r ing < num > comma nd at th e g l obal CONF IG lev e l of the CL I o r us e th[...]

  • Seite 384

    Conf igur in g B GP4 USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Click on th e plus s[...]

  • Seite 385

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9300(config)# router bgp HP9300(config-bgp-router)# network 100 .100.1.0/24 route-map set_net The first tw o com m and s i n thi s exampl e cre a te a rou t e map n a me d “ se t_net ” t hat s e ts the com m unity a ttri bute for rout es that us e t h e r o ut e ma p t o “ NO _ EXPOR T ” .[...]

  • Seite 386

    Conf igur in g B GP4 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Advertisi ng th e Default I nfo rmation Origi n ate By de fau l t, the routing sw i t ch d oes not origina t e and a dve rti se a [...]

  • Seite 387

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 5. Change the n u mber i n t he D e fau l t M e tric fie l d. Y ou can enter a number f r om 0 – 42 949672 95. 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to apply the c hanges to the de vic e ’ s run n in g-config file . 7. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed [...]

  • Seite 388

    Conf igur in g B GP4 USING THE CL I T o cha nge the default a dmi nistra tiv e dist an ces for EBG P , IBG P , and Local BG P , en ter a c omma nd suc h as the follo w ing: HP9300(config-bgp-router)# distance 180 160 40 Syntax : di sta nce <e xte r nal-dista nce> <in t ernal-d i st ance> <lo cal -di st ance> The < ex t ernal-d [...]

  • Seite 389

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio[...]

  • Seite 390

    Conf igur in g B GP4 NOTE: The a u to summary featur e s ummar iz es only t he route s that are redist ributed from IGP i n to BGP4. NOTE: The a u to summary featur e does not summ ari ze ne twork s t hat use C IDR n um bers inst ead of c lass A, B, or C num bers. T o summ arize CIDR net wo rks , use th e aggregat ion feature. Se e “ Aggreg ating[...]

  • Seite 391

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: Route reflect i on appli es onl y among IBG P rou t ers wit h in the sa me AS. Y o u c an not co nfigure a c lus te r that spans m ult ip le ASs. Figure 10 .3 sho w s a n example of a rou t e re fle c tor co nfigura t ion. In t h is example, tw o rou t in g s w itches a re c onfigu r ed as rou[...]

  • Seite 392

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Software release 0 7 .1.10 and highe r handles the at tribu t es as follo ws: • The routi ng switch add s the attribut es onl y i f it is a rout e ref l ector , and o n ly when ad vertis ing IBG P r oute in for mat ion to oth e r IBG P ne ighbo rs. Th e attrib utes ar e n o t u s ed when commun icati ng wi th EBG P neighbors [...]

  • Seite 393

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio[...]

  • Seite 394

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Figure 10 .4 sho w s a n example of a BGP4 conf ederation. IBGP Sub-AS 64513 Router D AS 20 Router C This BGP4 router sees all traffic from Confeder ation 10 as traffic from AS 10. Routers outside the confederation do not know or care that the routers are subdivided into sub-ASs within a confederation. Sub-AS 64512 Router B Rou[...]

  • Seite 395

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE CL I T o conf igu r e f our routing sw i t ches to be a mem ber o f c onfede ration 10, consi s ti ng of t w o sub-A S s (6451 2 and 6 4513), e n ter co mmands such as the fo llowing . Com ma nds for Route r A HP9300A(config)# router bgp HP9300A(config-bgp-router)# local-as 6 4512 HP9300A([...]

  • Seite 396

    Conf igur in g B GP4 5. Enter the c onf ederation ID in the Co nfed era t ion ID field . Th e conf ederat ion ID must be diff eren t from the sub- AS n umber s. Y ou c an sp ecify a number from 1 – 6 5535. 6. Enter the AS numbers of the p eers (sub -ASs) w i thi n the c onf ede ration in the C onfeder ation Peers fie ld. Separa t e th e AS number[...]

  • Seite 397

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 3. Click on th e plus si gn next t o BGP in the tre e vi ew to e xp and the list of BGP o p tio n li nk s. 4. Cl ick on th e Aggreg ate Addr ess li nk to dis play the BGP Agg r ega te Addre ss confi guratio n panel. • If the de vic e does n o t h ave any BGP agg regate addres s es c onfigu r ed, t[...]

  • Seite 398

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Modifying Redistribution P a rameters By defau l t, the router does not red ist rib u te rout e i n for m ation be tween BGP4 and the IP IGPs (RIP an d OSPF). Y o u can c onf ig ure the rout er to red ist rib u te OSPF rou t es, R I P route s, dire ctly connecte d route s , o r st ati c ro ute s in to BGP4 . T he f o llowing s [...]

  • Seite 399

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 5. Selec t th e s our ce of the route s you wan t to redistribute i n to BGP4. Y ou c an selec t RIP , O SPF , Sta t ic , o r Connec ted (d irectly a ttac hed ) ro utes . 6. Op tionall y en ter a m et r ic for the redistributed rout es in the Metric field . Y ou c an s pecify a v a lu e fro m 0 – [...]

  • Seite 400

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Th e ma tch inte rn al | ex ter n al1 | e x ter n al2 par amet e r appl ies on ly to OS PF . Th is par amet er sp ecif ie s t he types of O SPF routes to be red i stribu ted into BG P4 . USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Us e the p r ocedure i n “ Re dis t rib u ting R IP Rout es ” on pag e 1 0-41 . Redis tri but in g S[...]

  • Seite 401

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Syntax : [no ] bgp-redis t ribute - internal T o dis able re dis t ribution of I B GP rout es into RI P a nd OSPF , e n ter the fol lowing co mmand: HP9300(config-bgp-router)# no bgp-redi stribute-internal USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot c on f igure t h is param e ter usin g the [...]

  • Seite 402

    Conf igur in g B GP4 2 09.1 57. 22. 26 0 . 0.0.255, then sa ve the c hanges to the startu p-confi g fi le, the v a lue appe ars as 209.157.2 2 .0/24 (if you h ave e nabled disp lay of su b-net lengths ) or 2 09. 157.22 . 0 0 . 0.0 . 255 i n th e s t artup-c onf ig fil e . If you e nable the software to d isp la y IP sub-n e t m asks in CIDR forma t[...]

  • Seite 403

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 12 . S el ect the Save link a t the b o ttom o f th e dialog. Select Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s av e the c onf igu r ati on chang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Fil t ering AS-Path s Y o u can filter u pdates rec e iv ed from BGP4 neigh bors ba sed on the c on[...]

  • Seite 404

    Conf igur in g B GP4 • If BGP AS-pa th filte rs are alre ady c onf igu r ed and you a r e adding a ne w on e, c lick on the Add AS Pat h Filte r li nk to dis play the BGP AS Pat h Filte r co nfigura t ion pane l, a s show n i n the fo llo wi ng ex ample. • If you a r e modifying an existing BGP AS-path filter , cli ck on the M odify but ton to [...]

  • Seite 405

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The < as -regular- exp r essi on> pa ram e ter sp ecifie s the AS pa th i n forma t ion you w a nt t o p e rmit o r de ny to route s that m at ch any of the ma tch s t ate m en ts wi thin the ACL. Y ou c an enter a s pecifi c AS number or use a regu lar ex press ion. For t he regular ex pressi[...]

  • Seite 406

    Conf igur in g B GP4 NOTE: Y ou c annot appl y the AS pa th AC Ls to a nei ghbor u si ng the W e b managemen t in ter f ace. Y o u m ust use the C L I. T he AS Path Fil t er Lis t for W e ight f i eld i n th e BGP N eigh bor p ane l o f the W eb managemen t interfa ce is no t u sed fo r AS path filt ering, but is ins t ead u se d for chan gin g a r[...]

  • Seite 407

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 10 .2: BGP4 Spec ial Characters fo r Regular Exp ressi ons (Continued ) ^ A ca ret (when no t used wi th in brac k e ts) matches on the begin n in g o f an input s t rin g. For ex ample, the fol lowing reg u la r e xpr es sio n ma tch es on an AS-path that begins w i th “ j l ampa ” : ^j[...]

  • Seite 408

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T a ble 10 .2: BGP4 Spec ial Characters fo r Regular Exp ressi ons (Continued ) ( ) P are n thes es all ow y ou to c r ea te c omplex expression s. For exa mpl e, the fo llow ing c omple x e xpr ession ma tches on “ ab c ” , “ abca bc ” , or “ abcabc abcdef g ” , bu t not on “ abcdefgdefg ” : ((ab c )+)|((d efg [...]

  • Seite 409

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: If the fil t er is referred to b y a rou t e m ap ’ s ma tc h s t atem ent, the fil t er is appli ed i n t he o r der in wh ic h the filte r is liste d in the m atch sta t ement. Th e pe rmit | de ny pa ram e ter indicat e s the ac tio n th e route r tak es if the fil t er m at ch is true . [...]

  • Seite 410

    Conf igur in g B GP4 s hould not be advert i sed o u ts ide th e sub-A S. This comm unity type app lies t o c onfede rations . • No Adverti se – Filt er s for ro ut es with th e well- know n co mmun ity “ NO_ADVER TISE ” . A rou te in t h is commun ity s hou ld not be ad vertised t o any BGP4 neigh bor s. • No Ex po rt – Fil t ers for r[...]

  • Seite 411

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to di spl ay the li st of c onf igu r ati on o[...]

  • Seite 412

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Defini ng IP P r efix Lists An IP p r efi x list spec ifi es a l ist of net wo rks . When y ou a pp ly an IP pre f ix list to a ne ighbor , the rou t ing s w itc h s end s or re cei ves only a rou t e w h os e desti na t ion is in the IP prefi x lis t. Y o u c an confi gure up to 100 pre f ix lists . The s o ft wa re i n te rpr[...]

  • Seite 413

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • If a prefix l i st ACL is al re ady config ure d an d you are adding a n ew one, cl ick on the Ad d IP Prefix Lis t lin k to disp lay the IP P r efix L ist panel, as s how n in the fol l ow i ng ex amp le. NOTE: Y ou c annot m odi fy an IP p r efi x list ACL. Ins t ea d, you can d e le te and th[...]

  • Seite 414

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T o a pply t he IP Prefix Lis t to a neighb or , use the fo llo wi ng pro ce dure : 1. In the tre e vi ew , clic k o n th e p l us si gn next to BGP unde r C onf igure t o di spla y the l ist of BGP configura t io n op ti on s. 2. Selec t th e N e igh bor link t o di spla y the BGP N e ighbor panel. 3. Selec t th e Pre f ix Li [...]

  • Seite 415

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: The c omma nd synta x sho w n above i s new b eginni ng wi th software release 0 6 .6 . X . Ho wever , the neighbor <i p-addr> distrib u te-l ist i n | ou t <nu m > co mmand (w he re the direct ion is sp ecified befo r e t he filter num ber) is the same as in earlie r software rel [...]

  • Seite 416

    Conf igur in g B GP4 12 . S el ect the Save link a t the b o ttom o f th e dialog. Select Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s av e the c onf igu r ati on chang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Defining Route Maps A route map is a n am ed s et of m atch co nditio ns and param e ter se ttin gs tha t the ro uter ca n us e [...]

  • Seite 417

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e For exam ple, w h en you c onfigu r e p a ram et e rs for redistribu ting rou t es in to RIP , one of the op tional pa ram e ters i s a route ma p. If you spe cify a route ma p a s o ne o f the redis t ributi on parame t ers , t he ro ute r will ma tch t he route a gains t the m a tc h s t at ements[...]

  • Seite 418

    Conf igur in g B GP4 5. Enter the n a me of the ro ute map in the R out e M ap Name fi el d. 6. Enter the s eq uence (in s tance) n um ber in the Sequenc e f i eld. The routing sw itch appli e s the insta nces in asc ending nume ric al orde r . On ce an i nst an ce co mparison res ult s i n a “ tru e ” eval uation , the routin g s w itc h st op[...]

  • Seite 419

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: The f ilte rs mu st a l ready be configur ed. Th e co mmunity <num> param e te r specifi e s a c ommun it y AC L. NOTE: The AC L must alre ady b e c onfigu r ed. Th e ip ad dress | ne xt-ho p <acl -num> | prefix-li st <string > p a ram ete r s pecifies an ACL o r IP p r efi x[...]

  • Seite 420

    Conf igur in g B GP4 12. O pti ona ll y e n ter an IP addre ss again st wh ic h y ou w ant to com pa r e the ro ute updat es ’ ne xt-hop attri but e. Enter the a d dr ess i n the Nex t Ho p L i st fie l d. Als o sel ect the checkb ox in front o f the fie ld. 13. O pti ona ll y e n ter a tag value again s t wh ich y ou want to co mpare the upd ate[...]

  • Seite 421

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 5. Enter the n a me of the ro ute map in the R out e M ap Name fi el d. 6. Enter the s eq uence (in s tance) n um ber in the Sequenc e f i eld. The routing sw itch appli e s the insta nces in asc ending nume ric al orde r . On ce an i nst an ce co mparison res ult s i n a “ tru e ” eval uation ,[...]

  • Seite 422

    Conf igur in g B GP4 10. Sel ec t the type of ACL o r fil t er y ou are ad din g as a match c onditi on. Y ou ca n s e lect more than one AC L o r filte r ty pe. In thi s ex ample, sel ect AS Path A ccess List. NOTE: IP pref ix lists and ne ighbor di stribute l i sts p r ovide s eparate me ans for the sa me ty pe of f ilte r in g. T o simp lify co [...]

  • Seite 423

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE CL I T o cons tru ct a ro ute ma p that m at c he s based on the next-hop ro ute r , e n ter comm ands su ch as the fol l ow i ng: HP9300(config)# route-map HopMap permit 1 HP9300(config-routemap HopMap)# match ip next-hop 2 Syntax : ma tch ip ne xt-hop <nu m> Syntax : ma tch ip ne x[...]

  • Seite 424

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Th e metric [+ | - ]<num > | n one param e te r s e ts the M ED (m etr i c) value fo r the route . The default M ED val ue is 0. Y o u can s et the pre f ere n ce to a v a l ue f r om 0 – 42949 67295. • se t m e tric <nu m> – Sets the route ’ s m e tri c to the n um ber you s pecify . • se t m e tric + <[...]

  • Seite 425

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 16. O pti ona ll y e n ter a l o cal pref erence in the Local Preferen ce and also se lec t t he c heckbox in fro n t o f the fiel d. The d e fa ult loc al pre f ere n ce is 100. Y ou can se t th e p r efe r ence t o a va lue fro m 0 – 4 29496 7295. 17. O pti ona ll y e n ter a m etr ic (MED) in t[...]

  • Seite 426

    Conf igur in g B GP4 8. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . Configuring Rou t e Flap Dam p ening A “ r oute fl ap ” is the change i n a rout e ’ s s t ate, f r om up to d own or do wn [...]

  • Seite 427

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The <ha l f-l i fe > pa rame ter specifi e s the numbe r of minu tes afte r wh ich the route ’ s pe nalt y become s h alf its v alu e. The route penalty all ows rout es tha t have rem a ined sta ble fo r a w h ile desp ite earl ie r ins tab ility to ev entu ally be come eligi bl e for use ag[...]

  • Seite 428

    Conf igur in g B GP4 1 – 2 000 0 m inu tes . T he defa u lt is fou r ti mes the h a lf-lif e s e tting . Thus, if you us e the defa ult half-life of 1 5 minu te s, th e maxi mum su ppre ss io n time is 60 mi nute s. 10. Cli ck the Ap ply butto n to app ly the c han ges to the devic e ’ s run n in g-config f ile . 1 1. Se l ect the Sa ve link a [...]

  • Seite 429

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • If you a r e modifying an existing BGP addres s fil t er , click o n the M odi fy button to the righ t of the row de scrib ing the filte r to dis play the BGP Address Filte r configur ation panel, a s sho w n i n the foll owin g ex ample. 5. Enter the f ilter ID in t he I D fie l d. Y ou can spe[...]

  • Seite 430

    Conf igur in g B GP4 14. Ent er t he n ame of the route ma p in the R out e M ap Name f i eld. 15. Ent er t he s eq uence (in s tance) n um ber in t he Sequence f i eld. The routing sw itch ap pli es the insta nc es in asc ending nume ric al orde r . On ce an i nst an ce co mparison res ult s i n a “ tru e ” eval uation , the routin g s w itc h[...]

  • Seite 431

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 19. Cli ck on the chec kbox next to Ad dres s Fil t er t o i ndi cate th at you are using an addres s fil t er a s a m a tc h c onditi on. 20. Ent er t he a ddr ess filte r nu mber i n the Addres s Fil t er f i eld. 21. Cli ck Apply to apply the c hanges to the devic e ’ s run n ing-conf ig file .[...]

  • Seite 432

    Conf igur in g B GP4 23. Sel ec t the c he ck box in th e D ampen ing s ect io n to specify th at this rou t e m ap is se tting dam penin g pa ram e ters . 24. Edi t t he v al ue in the Ha lf Life field to spe cify the half l i fe you w ant this route map to s et for route s t hat match the ma tc h con di t ion s you spec ified above . 25. Edi t t [...]

  • Seite 433

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Using a Route Map T o Configure R oute Flap Dampening for a Specific Neighbor Y o u can u se a r oute m ap t o c onfigu r e route fla p dam pening for a specific neighbor b y pe rfo r mi ng the fol l ow i ng tasks: • Conf igure an empty rou t e m ap wi th no ma tch or set st atements. This rout e [...]

  • Seite 434

    Conf igur in g B GP4 NOTE: If the de vic e already ha s route m aps, a tab le listin g t he route m aps is di splay ed. Cl ick the M odi fy bu tton to th e rig h t of t he row de scrib in g the route map to chan ge i t s confi gur ation, o r click the Add R out e M ap Filte r li nk to dis pla y the BGP R oute M ap Fil t er p anel. 5. Enter the n a [...]

  • Seite 435

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 22 . S el ect the ne ighbor IP addr ess fr om th e I P Ad dr ess field ’ s pulldo wn menu. 23. Sel ec t the tr af f ic dir e ct ion to wh ich y ou want to a pply the route m ap. Y ou can s ele ct In or O u t. In thi s ex ample, sel e ct In . 24. Sel ec t the route map from the R out e Map Na me fi[...]

  • Seite 436

    Conf igur in g B GP4 6. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to imple ment the cha nge. Displaying and Clearing Route Flap Da mpeni ng Statistics The s o ft wa re p r ovides ma ny opt ion s fo r d i splayin g a nd cl earing route flap s tat is tic s. T o disp lay th e s t ati s ti cs, u se ei the r of the fol l owi ng me tho d s. Displayin g Ro u t e F lap Da[...]

  • Seite 437

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 0 .3: Route Flap Dam p eni ng Sta t istic s Ne twork T he destin a tion netw o rk o f th e route . Fr om T he neighb or that sen t the route to the routi ng sw it ch . Fl ap s T he numbe r of flaps (state cha nge s) the rout e has exp e ri enced . Sinc e T he am ount of tim e since the fir[...]

  • Seite 438

    Conf igur in g B GP4 NOTE: If you h a ve a lot of IBGP n ei ghbors , y ou c an co nfigure s o me IBG P ro ute r s a s ro ute reflectors . By do in g so , y ou ca n reduc e the numbe r of neighbors yo u need to confi gure on eac h route r . With out rou t e refle c to rs, all IBG P route r s m ust be fu lly m es hed to ens ure proper route p r opaga[...]

  • Seite 439

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion p anel i s disp laye d. 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio[...]

  • Seite 440

    Conf igur in g B GP4 The <num > indi cates th e number o f rou t e-a ttribute entries a llow ed on the rout er . See “ Me mory C o nside r ations ” on page 10-9 for the maximu m for y our device. The c hange tak es ef fec t after the ro ute r is reb oot ed. USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id [...]

  • Seite 441

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Displaying BGP4 In fo rmat ion Y o u can d isp la y the fol l ow i ng c on f iguration information and statis tics for the BGP 4 pro t ocol on the rou t er: • Summary BGP4 c onf igu r ati on inf o rmation f o r the route r • Activ e BGP4 configura t ion i n for m at ion (th e BGP4 i n fo rma t i[...]

  • Seite 442

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T a bl e 10 .4: BGP4 Su mmary I nformat io n (Co nt inued) Maximu m Number of Paths Supporte d for Lo ad Shari ng T he ma xim um num ber o f route paths acros s wh ich the device ca n bal ance tr af fic to the sam e des tin a tion. The feature is enab led by de fault but the defau l t n u m ber of p a ths is 1. Y ou c an i ncr [...]

  • Seite 443

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a bl e 10 .4: BGP4 Su mmary I nformat io n (Co nt inued) State T he sta t e o f this rout er ’ s neigh bor ses s i on wi th ea ch neighb or . The stat es are from this rou t er ’ s perspe ctive of the sess ion, n o t t he nei ghbor ’ s pers pec tive . he s t ate v a lu es are ba sed on the B[...]

  • Seite 444

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T a bl e 10 .4: BGP4 Su mmary I nformat io n (Co nt inued) Rt Sent T he num ber of BGP4 rou t es tha t th e routing s w itc h has s ent to t he nei ghbor . RtT oS end T he number of routes the routing sw i t ch has q ueued to s end to this nei ghbor . Th is Field... Displays. .. USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og o n[...]

  • Seite 445

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Displaying Summary Neighbor Informat i on T o disp lay i n forma t ion for a n e i ghbor , u se the following CLI m et hod . USING THE CL I T o disp lay su mma ry neighbor in form at ion, en ter a command s uch as th e f o llowin g a t any l eve l o f th e C LI: HP9300(config-bgp-router)# show ip bg[...]

  • Seite 446

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T a ble 1 0 .5: BGP4 Route Sum m ary Inform ation for a Neig hbor (Co n tinued) NLRIs Re ce ived in U p date M essage T he number of routes rec e ived in Ne twork La yer R each ability (N LR I) fo rmat i n UPDA TE m essa ges . • Wi thdraw s – The numbe r of wi thdraw n rou t es the rou t ing s w itc h has r e ce iv ed. • [...]

  • Seite 447

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 0 .5: BGP4 Route Sum m ary Inform ation for a Neig hbor (Co n tinued) Peer Out of Memory Co unt for Sta tisti cs for the time s the rout ing sw i t ch ha s run out of BGP4 mem o ry fo r the n e ighbor du rin g the c u rrent BGP4 ses si on . • Re ceiv ing U pdate Mes s age s – Th e numb[...]

  • Seite 448

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Th e TCP s t ati sti cs a t th e end of th e d isp la y sho w st atu s for the TC P ses s i on with th e neighbor . Mos t of the f i elds s how info rmation s t ore d in th e routing switch ’ s T ran smis si on C ont rol Bloc k (TC B ) for the TCP s essi on bet we en the routi ng switch and its neig hbo r . T hese f i el ds a[...]

  • Seite 449

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 0 .6 : BGP4 Neighb or Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) EBGP/I BGP W hether the nei ghbor s ession is an IBG P sess ion, a n EBG P s essi on, or a con f ed eration EBGP s e ss ion. • EB GP – The ne ighbor is in an other AS. • EBGP _C onf ed – The ne ighbo r is a member of anoth e r sub[...]

  • Seite 450

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T a ble 1 0 .6 : BGP4 Neighb or Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) T i me T he amount of tim e th is se ssion h as been i n its current sta t e. KeepAliv e T he k eep a live t i me, w hich sp ecifi es how o ften thi s route r sends k eep alive mess ages t o the n e ighbo r . S ee “ Ch angin g the Keep A live T i me and H old T i m[...]

  • Seite 451

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 0 .6 : BGP4 Neighb or Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) Last Con necti on R e se t R eason T he reason the pre vi ous se ssio n w i th th is neigh bor ended. Th e reason can be one o f the follo wi ng : • Re asons de scribed in t he BGP spe c if icati ons : • Message H ead er Erro r • Co[...]

  • Seite 452

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T a ble 1 0 .6 : BGP4 Neighb or Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) Last Co nn ection Re set Re ason (c ont.) • Re asons s pecifi c to the H P imple m entat i on : • Re se t All Pee r Ses sions • Use r Re se t Pe er Sessi on • Port Sta te Do wn • Peer Re moved • Peer Shutd o wn • Peer AS Num ber Ch ange • Peer AS C on[...]

  • Seite 453

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 0 .6 : BGP4 Neighb or Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) No tifica tio n Se nt If the rou t er rec e iv es a N O TI FIC A TION message fro m t he n ei ghbor , t he mes s age co nta i ns an error c ode corres ponding t o o ne o f th e fo llowin g errors . me errors h ave s ubcod es tha t cl ari [...]

  • Seite 454

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T a ble 1 0 .6 : BGP4 Neighb or Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) TC P Conn ectio n st ate T he sta t e o f the c onnec tio n with the n e ighbo r . T he con nec ti on can have o ne o f th e following s t ate s: • LI STEN – W ait ing for a c on nec tion request . • SY N-SE NT – W a iti ng for a m a tchin g con nec tio n req[...]

  • Seite 455

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 0 .6 : BGP4 Neighb or Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) Un Ack S eq T he cur r ent ackno w led ged s equenc e numbe r . IR cvSeq T he ini t ia l recei ve sequ ence n um ber for the s ession. Rc vN ext T he next sequ ence number ex pecte d fro m t he nei ghbor . SendWnd T he siz e of the s en d[...]

  • Seite 456

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Peer Out of Memory Count for: Receiving Update Messages:0, Accept ing Routes(NLRI):0 Attributes:0, Outbound Routes(RIB-o ut):0 This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 10. 7: BG P4 R o ute Summ ary Infor mat ion for a N e ighbor Th is Field... Displays. .. Ro ute s Re ce ive d How many rou t es the rou t ing [...]

  • Seite 457

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 0 .7: BGP4 Route Sum m ary Inform ation for a Neig hbor (Co n tinued) Ro ute s Ad vertised T he number of routes the rout ing sw it ch has a dve rti sed to thi s nei ghbor . • T o be Se nt – T he n um ber o f rou t es the routi ng swit ch h as que ue d to s end to thi s ne ighbo r . ?[...]

  • Seite 458

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Disp lay i ng the B e st R e ceived R outes T o disp lay t he route s receiv ed from a spe cif ic ne igh bor tha t are th e “ best ” rou t es to their desti nat ion s, ent er a comma nd such as the fol l ow i ng at any lev el of the CL I: HP9300(config-bgp-router)# show ip bgp neighbor 192.168.4.211 received-routes best Syn[...]

  • Seite 459

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Displ a ying S ummar y Rou t e I n for ma tion T o disp lay s umma ry rout e i n format ion , us e the foll ow i ng C L I m e thod. USING THE CL I T o disp lay summ ary sta t istic s fo r all t he ro utes in the rou t ing sw it ch ’ s BGP4 rou t e tab l e, ente r a co mmand such as the foll owing [...]

  • Seite 460

    Conf igur in g B GP4 USING THE CL I T o view the BG P4 route table, ente r the follo wi ng co mmand: T o disp lay a ll the BGP4 ro utes in the routing s w itc h ’ s BGP 4 rou te table t hat are the best ro ute s to their de stina t ions , enter a co mmand s uch as t he f ollowin g a t an y l evel of t he C L I: HP9300(config-bgp-router)# show ip [...]

  • Seite 461

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Displayin g t h e Best BGP4 Ro utes T o disp lay a ll the BGP4 ro utes in the routing s w itc h ’ s BGP 4 rou te table t hat are the best ro ute s to their de stina t ions , enter a co mmand s uch as t he f ollowin g a t an y l evel of t he C L I: HP9300(config-bgp-router)# show ip bgp routes best[...]

  • Seite 462

    Conf igur in g B GP4 For inform ation about the fie l ds in thi s dis play , see T a ble 10.9 o n p age 10-105 . T he f i elds in thi s disp la y a lso a ppear i n th e s how ip bgp di sp lay . Displaying Inf o rma t ion f or a S pec ific Rout e T o disp lay i n forma t ion for a s pecif ic BG P4 route s , u s e eithe r of the followin g m et hod s[...]

  • Seite 463

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T abl e 1 0 .9: BGP4 Net w ork Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) Wei ght T he val ue tha t this rout er associ ate s wi th route s from a specif ic nei ghbor . F o r e xampl e, if t he route r rec eives route s to the s ame dest inati on f r om tw o BGP4 nei ghbors , th e route r pre f ers the rou te fr[...]

  • Seite 464

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Dis p la yi ng Route De ta ils Here is an example of the i n forma t ion d is p layed w h en yo u use th e detail op tion. I n th is e x ample, the information for one ro ute is shown. HP9300# show ip bgp routes detail Total number of BGP Routes: 516985 Status A:AGGREGATE B:BEST b:NOT-INSTAL LED-BEST C:CONFED_EBGP D:DAMPED H:HI[...]

  • Seite 465

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T abl e 1 0 .10: B G P4 N e two r k Inf o rm ati on (Co ntinue d) Atomic W het her netw o rk informa t ion i n this rou t e h as bee n aggre gat ed and th is ag gregati on has resul t ed in informati on los s. Note : rma t ion lo ss u nde r these c i rc umsta nces is a norma l part of BGP4 and does [...]

  • Seite 466

    Conf igur in g B GP4 T abl e 1 0 .10: B G P4 N e two r k Inf o rm ati on (Co ntinue d) RI B_ou t T he number of neighb ors to wh ic h the ro ute has b een or w i ll be adve rti sed. h is is the n um ber of ti me s the route ha s been s e lect ed as the best rou t e and placed in the Ad j-R I B-O ut (outb ound queue ) for a BGP4 n e ig hbo r . Co mm[...]

  • Seite 467

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T abl e 1 0 .1 1: BGP4 Route-Att ri bute Entries Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) Ne xt Hop T he IP ad dres s of t he nex t hop route r for rout es tha t have thi s set of a ttribute s. Metr ic T he cos t of the ro utes that h ave this set o f att r ibu t es . Orig in T he sou r ce of the rou t e i n f[...]

  • Seite 468

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Displaying the Routes BGP4 Has Placed in the I P Route T a ble Th e IP ro ute table indicat es th e route s it has received from BGP4 by list in g “ BGP ” as the ro ute type . Y ou can v iew the IP route ta ble usin g e i the r of the fol l ow i ng methods. USING THE CL I T o disp lay t he I P rou t e tabl e, e n te r the f[...]

  • Seite 469

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Syntax : sh ow ip bgp f l ap-sta tis t ic s [regular-ex p ress ion <regul ar-expression> | <addr ess > <mask> [longer-p refixe s] | ne ighbo r <ip-addr> | filte r-li s t < num>...] Th e re gula r- expr e ssi on <regu lar-exp res si on> par ame t er is a regul ar e[...]

  • Seite 470

    Conf igur in g B GP4 Displaying the Act i ve R oute Ma p Conf ig uration T o view the dev ic e ’ s activ e route ma p c onf igu r ation (co n taine d in the runni ng-c onf ig ) w i thout dis playi ng the entire running-c onf ig, us e the followin g C L I m e tho d . USING THE CL I T o disp lay th e device ’ s a c ti ve rou t e m ap c onfi gur a[...]

  • Seite 471

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e p eer group . T he <as-n um> para met er s pecifi es a ll n e ighbo rs w ith in t he spec ifi ed AS. Th e all pa ram e ter s p ec if ie s a ll n ei ghb ors . USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . T[...]

  • Seite 472

    Conf igur in g B GP4 • RFC 2842. Th is RFC specif ies the C a pability Adv e rti s ement, w h ich a BGP4 rou t er use s to d y nami cally n egotia t e a ca pabil ity wi th a n e ighbo r . • RFC 2858 for Mu lti - pro t ocol Exte nsion . NOTE: The H P imple men tat i on of dyn amic rou t e refres h s up por ts negotia t ion o f IP v e rsio n 4 un[...]

  • Seite 473

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e This co mman d applies it s filt ers for o u tgoin g ro ute s to th e routing s w itc h ’ s BGP4 route table (A dj-RIB-O ut ), c hange s o r excl ude s route s acc o rd ingly , the n s ends t he resu lting Adj-R I B-Ou t to the ne ighbor . NOTE: The H P ro uting s w itc h d oes no t autom a ticall[...]

  • Seite 474

    Conf igur in g B GP4 • If yo u c l os e a ne ighbor sessio n, the routing sw itch and the ne igh bor clear all the rou t es they lea r ned fro m ea ch ot her . When the routing sw it ch an d n e ighbor estab lis h a ne w BGP4 s essi on, the y exc hange rou te table s again. Use thi s method if you w ant the ro uting s w itc h to relea r n route s[...]

  • Seite 475

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T o un -supp res s a spec ifi c route , enter a c omma nd s uch a s the fol l ow i ng: HP9300# clear ip bgp damping 209.157.2 2.0 255.255.255.0 This co mman d u n -supp res ses on ly th e route( s) f o r ne twork 20 9.157. 22.0 / 24 . USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e[...]

  • Seite 476

    Conf igur in g B GP4 3. Clic k on the Cl ea r li nk to display the C lea r panel. 4. Selec t o ne of the f o llowin g: • BGP N eigh bor Last Pack et w i th Err or – Cl ears the buffer con t ai nin g the f i rst 40 0 b y te s o f the la st BGP4 pa cket th at co n t aine d an er ror . • BGP N ei ghbor N o tific a ti on Erro r – Clea rs t he b[...]

  • Seite 477

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 10 - 12 0[...]

  • Seite 478

    Chap ter 1 1 Ne twork Address T r anslation Y o u can co nfigure an HP rou t ing s w itc h to p e rfo rm standa rd Netw or k Ad dress Tr an sl at io n (NA T) . NA T enables pr ivate IP network s that us e nonre g is tered I P addresse s to c on nect to the Int e rne t. Co nfigure NA T on the HP de vice at the bord e r o f an inside netw o rk and an[...]

  • Seite 479

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 10.10.10.3 P or t 1/2 209.157.1.1 Outside NA T interface Internet 10.10.10.2 The device perf or ms NA T for tr affic between the outside NA T interface and the inside NA T interface . NA T P ool = 209.157.1.2 - 254/24 Internet access router P or t 1/1 10.10.10.1 Inside NA T interface 10.10.10.4 ... [...]

  • Seite 480

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n Por t A ddress T ransl ati on Norma lly , NA T maps eac h p r ivate addres s tha t ne eds to be routed to the o u tside ne twork to a u n ique IP addres s fro m the pool. Howev er , it i s possib le for the globa l addre ss pool to h a ve fe we r addre sses tha n the n um ber of pr ivate add res ses. In thi s ca[...]

  • Seite 481

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Max i mum Numbe r of Addresses If the rou t ing s w itc h c ann ot a llo cate an a ddr ess be caus e i t has r un o u t o f a ddre sses, th e routin g s w itc h dr op s th e pa cket and s end s a n IC MP Hos t Un reacha ble pack et. NOTE: The m aximum number o f global IP add res ses you ca n c onf [...]

  • Seite 482

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n NOTE: Y ou must configure inside N A T o n o ne int e rfac e and ou tside NA T o n a nother interface. The device pe rfo r ms NA T for traf fic be tween th e i n terfac es. In addit i on to the tas ks li ste d a bove, you c an mo dify the a ge t ime rs for the add res s tr anslatio n en tries t he devic e cr eat[...]

  • Seite 483

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e These co mman ds configu r e a standard ACL for the private s ub- ne t 10 .10.10 .x/24, then en able inside N A T for the s ub-net. M a ke su re you s pecify permit in th e AC L, rather than deny . If you s pecif y de ny , the H P dev ice w i ll not pr ovide NA T for the addres ses. Examp le with P [...]

  • Seite 484

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n En abling NA T The N A T c onf igu r ati on does n o t tak e ef fect u n til y ou ena ble it on sp eci f ic in terf aces. Y ou ca n enab le NA T on Et he rnet po rt s a nd on vi rt ua l interfaces. Y ou al s o ca n enab le th e f e at ur e o n th e p r im ar y po rt of a t runk gr o up, in which ca se the featur[...]

  • Seite 485

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Dy namic timeout – This age time r appli es to all en tries (stat ic and dy namic) that do n o t use Port Add r ess T ransl ati on. The d e fau l t is 120 seconds . • UDP timeou t – Th is ag e t ime r ap plies to entries that u se Port Addre ss T ran slation based on UDP port num bers . T [...]

  • Seite 486

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n --- 209.157.1.72 10.10.10.2 207.195.4.69 207.195.4.69 Syntax : sh ow i p nat tra n sl ation Th e s how ip nat tr an slation comman d show s th e follo wi ng inform ati on. T a ble 1 1.1 : C LI Di splay o f Ac tiv e NA T T ran sla t ion s Th is Field... Displays. .. Pr o W hen Port Add r ess T ransl ati on is ena[...]

  • Seite 487

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 1 1.2: CLI Di splay o f NA T Statistics Th is Field... Displays. .. T ota l t r ans latio ns T he num ber of transla t io ns tha t are cu rren t ly activ e. Thi s numbe r cha nges w h en tran slations are ad ded or a ge out . o di splay th e cu rrentl y act i ve tra n sl ations, e n ter the [...]

  • Seite 488

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n T a ble 1 1 .2: CLI Dis p lay of NA T Sta t istics (Con tinu ed) Sess L ists sess ion st ati s ti cs . NA T uses the s ess ion t able f o r m a n agi ng the tr ansla tio n s. • To tal – The total number of both used and a v ailable interna l sessio n r e so ur ce s. • Ava il – Th e n um ber of free i n t[...]

  • Seite 489

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e This co mmand c l ea rs the insid e NA T e n try tha t maps pr ivate addres s 10 .10.1 0 .5 to I n tern et addres s 2 09.1 57. 1.4 3 . Here i s t he synta x for this form of the comm and. Syntax : cl ear ip nat ins ide <g lobal-ip> <priv a te-i p> If you u s e Port Addre s s T r anslatio[...]

  • Seite 490

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n NAT: tcp data src 10.10.100.18:1144 => trans 192.168.2.78:8012 dst 192.168.3.11:53 NAT: 192.168.2.78:8012 192.168.3.11:53 flags A ID 65302 len 40 txfid 13 NAT: tcp data src 10.10.100.18:1144 => trans 192.168.2.78:8012 dst 192.168.3.11:53 NAT: 192.168.2.78:8012 192.168.3.11:53 flags FA ID 23 len 40 txfid 13[...]

  • Seite 491

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Configur ati on Exam ples This se ction show s two c om ple te co nfigura t ion exam ples for N A T . The e xam ples are ba sed on di ffer ent network topolog ies . • NA T clients c onnec ted to t he routi ng swit ch by a s w itc h. • NA T c lients c onnec ted directly to routing swit ch port s.[...]

  • Seite 492

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n HP9300> en HP9300# configure terminal HP9300(config)# The fol l ow i ng comm and con f igures an ACL to ide n tify the ra nge of pr ivate addres se s for which y ou want to pr ovi d e NA T s e rvices. Th is ACL iden tifies the pri vat e a ddre ss ra nge as 10 .10.10. 0 – 10.1 0 .10.2 55. HP9300(config)# acc[...]

  • Seite 493

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The f o llowin g c omma nd sav es all t he c onf iguration chang es abov e to the rou t in g s w itc h ’ s st ar tup-co nf ig fi le on flash m emo ry . The rou t ing s w itc h a pplies NA T configu r ation i n forma t ion a s soon as y ou ent er it in to the C L I. Saving t he change s to th e s t[...]

  • Seite 494

    Ne tw or k Addres s T r ansla t io n • A Pool of p ub lic (In t ern e t) addre s s to us e for tra nsl ati on of t he p r ivate addresse s • An asso ciatio n o f the AC L for the p r ivate addresse s wi th the pool fo r tra nsl ati on • A d e fault rou t e that has the Interne t a ccess route r as the rou te ’ s next-h op gate w ay The c om[...]

  • Seite 495

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e The f o ll owing c omm and co nfigure s a s t atic default route to the Inte rne t ac ce ss route r . T he routing switch uses th is route for t r affic tha t is a ddre ssed to a desti nation for wh ich t he IP rou t e table d oes not have an expli ci t rou t e. T y picall y , the IP ro ute tab le d[...]

  • Seite 496

    Chapter 12 Confi g uri ng VRR P and VRRPE This ch apter d esc ribes ho w to con f igure H P rou t ing s witc hes to co nfigure the fol lowing rou t er redun dancy pr ot oc ols: • V i rtual Route r Redundancy Prot ocol (VRRP) – The s t an dard rou t er re dundancy pro t oc ol des c r ibe d in RFC 2 338 . • VRRP Extended (VRRPE) – An enhanced[...]

  • Seite 497

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e O verv i ew The f o ll owing s ect ions descri be VR RP and VR R PE. The pro t ocols both provide re dundan t paths fo r IP a ddre sses. Howe ve r, th e p r oto cols dif f er in a fe w important ways. For c la r ity , ea ch prot oco l is desc ribed s eparate ly . Over view of VRRP VR RP is a p r oto[...]

  • Seite 498

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE Figure 12 .2 s how s the s ame ex ample n e twork s how n in F i gu re 1 2 .1 , but wi th a VR R P vi rtu a l route r configure d on Rout er1 an d R o uter2 . VRID1 Internet or enterprise Intranet e 3/2 192.53.5.3 e 1/6 e 1/5 e 2/4 Internet or enterprise Intranet MAC address = 00-00-5E-00-01 01 - T rack port = e 2/4 T[...]

  • Seite 499

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e W hen yo u configure a VRID , the sof twa re auto mat ic ally ass igns its MA C addres s. W hen a VRID bec ome s a cti ve , the M ast er router br oadcasts a gratu i to us ARP req uest c on t ainin g th e v i rtu al router ’ s MAC a ddr es s for ea ch IP a ddre ss as sociate d with the v i rtu al [...]

  • Seite 500

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE If t he O w ne r becomes u navailab le, but t hen com es bac k on line , the O w ne r again b e co mes the M a ster rou t er . T he Ow ner be com es th e M ast er route r again becaus e it ha s the h i ghest pri o rity . T he Ow ne r al ways becom es the Mast er aga in w h en the Ow n e r c omes back online. NOTE: If [...]

  • Seite 501

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: The M D 5 a u thent ica t io n type is not supp orted for VR RP . Independent Ope rat ion of VRRP a l ongs ide RIP , OSP F , a n d B G P4 VR RP o pera t io n is independen t of the R I P , OSPF , and BGP4 protoco ls . Their ope ration i s u naffec ted when VR RP is e nabled on a R I P , OSPF ,[...]

  • Seite 502

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE The m ost imp o rta n t d iff e ren ce is that all VR R PE rout ers are Bac kup s. Th ere is no Ow ne r router . VR R PE ov ercom es the l imi tat i on s i n st andard VR RP by re moving the Ow ner . Figure 12 .3 sho w s a n example of a VR R PE confi gura t ion. VRID1 Internet or enterprise Intranet e 3/2 192.53.5.3 [...]

  • Seite 503

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Com p arison o f VRRP , VR RPE , and SRP This se ction comp ares HP ’ s router redundan cy pro t oc ols. VRRP VR RP is a st andard s -base d pr oto col , d esc rib ed in RFC 23 38. The HP im plemen tation of VR RP cont ai ns the featu r es in RFC 23 38. Th e H P impl emen tation als o pr ovide s t[...]

  • Seite 504

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE Mas t er a n d Back ups • VRRP – The “ Ow ner ” of the I P addres s of the VR I D is the default M ast er a nd has the h i gh est pri o rity (255 ). The p r ec edence o f the Bac kups is determ ined by the i r prioritie s . The de fault M as t er i s alw a ys the Ow ner of the IP add res s of the VRID. • VRR[...]

  • Seite 505

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 12 .1: VRRP and VRRPE Param e ters (Continued ) Virt ual Ro ute r IP addres s This is the a ddress y ou are backing up. No defau l t. • VRRP – The v i rtu al router IP addres s must b e a real IP addre ss confi gure d on the VRID in terfac e on on e of the VR RP r oute r s. Thi s rou t e[...]

  • Seite 506

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE T a ble 12 .1: VRRP and VRRPE Param e ters (Continued ) Bac kup priori ty A numeri c val ue tha t de termines a Backup ’ s prefe r abili ty for b ecomi ng the M a ster for th e VRID. Du rin g neg oti a tio n, the route r with the hi ghes t p r iority becomes the Ma st er . • VRRP – The O w ne r has t he h i gh e[...]

  • Seite 507

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 12 .1: VRRP and VRRPE Param e ters (Continued ) T r ack p r iority A VR RP or VR R PE prio rity va lue a ssi gned to the tracked port ( s). ked port ’ s link goes do wn , the VR ID por t ’ s VRRP o r VRRPE p rio rity changes. • VRRP – The p r iori ty changes to the va lue of the trac[...]

  • Seite 508

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE Configuring Basic VRR P E Par ame ters T o impl emen t a simpl e VR R PE con f igurat ion us ing all t he d e fault va lue s, ent er c omma nds s uch as the fo llowin g on each ro ut ing sw it ch . Router2(config)# router vrrp-extended Router2(config)# inter e 1/5 Router2(config-if-1/5)# ip address 192 .53.5.3 Router2[...]

  • Seite 509

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: For VR RP , change t he router type onl y if y ou hav e mov ed the rea l IP addres s fr om one ro uter to a noth e r o r y ou a ccid ent all y conf igured the IP a ddre ss Ow ner as a Back up . For VR R PE, t he route r type is alw a ys Bac k up. Y ou can not change t he t ype to Owner . • B[...]

  • Seite 510

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE VRRPE Syntax Syntax : ip vrrp-ex t en ded auth-ty pe no-auth | simp le-text - auth <a uth - dat a> The p a ram ete r v a lues are the sa me as for VR RP . Rout er T y pe A VR RP inte rface i s eit her a n Ow ner or a Bac k up f o r a gi ven VRID . By d e fault, the Ow ner becomes the Ma ster follo w ing the nego[...]

  • Seite 511

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: Y o u ca nnot se t th e p riority of a VRRP Ow ne r . Th e O w ne r ’ s p r io ri ty is alwa ys 2 55. VRRPE Syntax Syntax : ba ckup [pri ority <v alue> ] [t rac k -priori t y <valu e >] The s o ft ware requ ires y ou to identify a VRRPE interfa ce as a Ba ckup for its VRID before[...]

  • Seite 512

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE Router2(config-if-1/5)# ip vrrp vrid 1 Router2(config-if-1/5-vrid-1)# dead-in terval 30 Syntax : de ad-i n terva l <value> The s ynt ax is the s ame for VR R P a nd VR R PE. Bac kup Hell o Message St at e and In te rva l By defau l t, Back up do no t send He llo m essa ges to advertise th emselve s to the M ast [...]

  • Seite 513

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e go es down, th e soft ware ch ange s th e V RRPE interf ac e ’ s pri o rity to 4 0. If an oth e r tra cked interfa ce goe s do wn, the software red u ces the VRID ’ s pr iority aga in, by the amou nt o f th e tra cked int e rfa ce ’ s t ra ck p r io ri ty . The d e fa ult trac k priority for a[...]

  • Seite 514

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE Syntax : [no ] own e r p r ior i ty | track-p r iority <nu m> The <num > p a ram ete r spec ifies the ne w pri o rity and can be a numbe r from 1 – 2 54. W hen yo u p r es s Enter , the so ftware changes th e pri o rity of the M ast er to t he s pecif ied pri o rity . If the ne w pri o rit y is lower tha[...]

  • Seite 515

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e This ex ample is for VR RP . He re is an exampl e for VR R PE: HP9300(config-if-e1000-1/6-vrid-1)# sh ow ip vrrp-extended brief Total number of VRRP-Extended routers defined: 1 Interface VRID CurPri P State Master addr Backup addr VIP 1/6 1 255 P Init 192.53.5.2 192.53.5.3 192.53.5.254 Syntax : sh o[...]

  • Seite 516

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE T a ble 12 .2: CLI Display of VRRP or V R RPE Summary I n forma t ion ( Contin ued) Master add r T he IP addres s of the route r interf ace that i s cu rrentl y t he M ast er for t he VR ID. Backup addr T he IP addres ses of the route r interfa ces t hat are current ly Bac kups fo r the VRID. VI P T he vir t ual IP ad[...]

  • Seite 517

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Here is an ex ample fo r a VR RPE Bac kup. HP9300(config)# show ip vrrp-extended Total number of VRRP-Extended routers defined: 1 Interface ethernet 1/6 auth-type no authentication VRID 1 state master administrative-status enabled priority 200 current priority 200 hello-interval 1 sec dead-interval [...]

  • Seite 518

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE T a ble 12 .3: CLI Display of VRRP or V R RPE Detai l ed I n forma t ion ( Contin ued) stat e Thi s r outing swi t ch ’ s VRRP or VRRPE sta t e f o r the VRID. The st ate can be one of the fol l ow i ng: • init ia lize – The VRID is no t enab led (ac tiv ated). If t he sta te re ma in s “ in it ial ize ” a f[...]

  • Seite 519

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 12 .3: CLI Display of VRRP or V R RPE Detai l ed I n forma t ion ( Contin ued) dead -in t erv al T he con f igure d va lue for th e dead int e rval. The dead inte rva l is t he num ber of s econds a Ba ckup w a its for a H e llo mess age f r om the Mast er for t he VRID before det erm i ning[...]

  • Seite 520

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE T a ble 12 .3: CLI Display of VRRP or V R RPE Detai l ed I n forma t ion ( Contin ued) tr ack p o rt T he interfac es that th e VR ID ’ s interfa ce is tra cki ng . the link for a tr acked interf ace goes dow n, th e VR RP or VR R PE pri o rity of th e VR ID int e rfa ce is ch anged, causing the devices to renegotia[...]

  • Seite 521

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 12. 4: W eb Di splay o f VR RP De tailed Infor m atio n (C ontinued ) Mode I ndicates whet her the routing sw it ch is the O w ner or a Bac kup fo r th e VRI D. Note : The mo de app lies o nl y to VR RP . l rou t in g s w itc he s conf igured for VR R PE are Bac kups. Ba ck up – Pri o rity[...]

  • Seite 522

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE rxed vrrp port mismatch count = 0 rxed vrrp ip address mismatch count = 0 rxed vrrp hello interval mismatch cou nt = 0 rxed vrrp priority zero from master c ount = 0 rxed vrrp higher priority count = 0 transitioned to master state count = 1 transitioned to backup state count = 1 The s ame st at istic s ar e l ist ed f[...]

  • Seite 523

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T abl e 1 2 .5: CLI Dis p la y of VRR P or VRRPE Sta t istic s (Continue d) rx ed v rrp h e llo i n terval mi sm atch coun t T he num ber of packets rec e ived tha t di d n o t m a tc h the co nfigure d He llo in terval . rx ed v rrp p r iority ze ro fro m m aster coun t T he cur r ent Maste r ha s [...]

  • Seite 524

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE T a ble 12 .6: W e b D i splay of VR RP Sta t isti cs (Con tinued) Authe n Pa ss wo rd Mismatc h Er ror T he num ber of VR RP packets rec e ived by the in terface that had a passwo rd v a lu e that does n o t m atch the pas sw or d u se d by th e in terface f o r a u the n tication . Vi rtu al R outer ID Error T he nu[...]

  • Seite 525

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Clearing VRRP or VRR P E Stat is tic s Us e the fo llowin g m e thods to cl ear VR RP or VR R PE sta t is tic s. USING THE CL I T o clea r VRRP o r VRRPE s t ati s ti cs , e n ter the fol l owing comm and at the Privil eged EXEC l ev el or a ny c onfigu r ation lev el of the C L I: Router1(config)# [...]

  • Seite 526

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE Conf ig uring Route r2 Using the CLI T o conf igu r e R o ute r 2 i n Figure 12.2 o n p age 12-3 after enabli ng VR RP , ente r th e follo wi ng comm ands : Router2(config)# router vrrp Router2(config)# inter e 1/5 Router2(config-if-1/5)# ip address 192 .53.5.3 Router2(config-if-1/5)# ip vrrp vrid 1 Router2(config-if-[...]

  • Seite 527

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • If the de vice does n o t have a VR RP vi rtu a l rou t er conf igu r ed, th e VR RP con f ig uration p anel is dis pla ye d, as sh own i n th e f ollowing exampl e. • If a VR RP vi rt ual rou t er i s al ready c onfi gur ed and yo u a r e addi ng a ne w one, c li ck on the Add Vi rtual Ro ute[...]

  • Seite 528

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE 12. Ent er o r se lect the trac k i n terfac e o r po rt: • If you w ant to us e a virtua l i n terface a s a trac k port, en ter the virtual in terface name . • If you w ant to us e a phys ical interface a s a tra ck po rt, s el e ct the po rt. In this example , se lect 2/4. 13. Cli ck the Ad d b u tton to apply [...]

  • Seite 529

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 17 . S el ect the Sa ve link at t he b o tto m of the d ial og , the n select Y es when promp t ed to sa ve the configura t io n c hange to the sta r tup - co nfig file o n the d e vice ’ s f l ash m emo ry . VR RPE Exampl e T o impl emen t the VR R PE c onf igu r ati on show n i n Fi gure 1 2 .3 [...]

  • Seite 530

    Co nfiguri ng VR RP and VR RPE Syntax : activ a te USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE Y o u cannot c on f igure V RR PE using the W eb m an age ment inte rface. 12 - 35[...]

  • Seite 531

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 12 - 36[...]

  • Seite 532

    Chapter 13 Configurin g SRP This ch apter d esc ribes ho w to con f igure the HP 9304M , H P 9 308 M, and H P 6 308M-SX routi ng sw it ch es to u se the Stand by R oute r Pro t ocol ( SRP ), a propriet ary pro t ocol that pro v id es redund ant pa ths betw een tw o routi n g swi t ches . Deta ils for c onf igu r ing SRP w i th t he C L I an d the W[...]

  • Seite 533

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Over vi ew of Standby Router Protocol (SRP) SRP a llows alte rna t e p a ths to be pro vi ded to a host. T o provi de path re dundancy betw een give n h o sts, a vi rt ual router wi th it s o w n un ique I P ad dresse s is cre a ted . T he virtual rou t er i s cre a ted by as si gning the se uniqu e[...]

  • Seite 534

    C onfigu r ing SR P SRP Support on V irt ual Inter f aces SRP i s sup ported on both physic al and virtual i n terfaces . Support on a v i rt ual interfa ce allow s you t o as si gn a si ngle vi rtual i n ter f ace to serve as a redund ant link f o r m ult ipl e po rts with in a VLAN . Fo r e xam ple, in Figu re 1 3 .2 , vi rtu al int e rfa ce 1 re[...]

  • Seite 535

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e If a c ha nge in sta te (up o r do wn ) i s de tecte d by t he t r ack p o rt, the prio rity of the SRP G r oup Interfa ce wil l au tom atica ll y b e incr eas ed or d ec r eased . NOTE: Vi rtua l route r interfa ces can not be assig ne d as tra ck po rts . Multiple T ra ck P o rt Sup por t Y o u ca[...]

  • Seite 536

    C onfigu r ing SR P Fi gu re 13 .3 Fai lu re of e1 an d e 3 link s resu lts in mixed ac tive an d sta ndby link s on router1 without the use of mu lt ipl e track p o rts 13 - 5 Router2 Router1 PC 4 PC 3 PC 2 PC 1 e1 e2 e3 e4 SA S A SA A S A=Active S=Standby Activ e Standby XX[...]

  • Seite 537

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Figu re 13. 4 Router2 b ecomes active ro ut er after l in ks e1 an d e3 fail wi th mu ltiple track p o rts d e fi ned Independent Operation of RIP and OSPF SR P operati on is indepen dent o f the R IP an d OSPF prot ocols . RI P and OSP F op era t ion w i ll be una f fe cted w hen SRP i s ena ble d [...]

  • Seite 538

    C onfigu r ing SR P Differ e nces Betwee n SRP and VRRP The V i rtu al R oute r Red undanc y Proto col (VR R P ) i s a s t and ard s -base d pr oto col th at p r ovide s redundancy t o route r s w i thi n a LAN . VR RP is describe d in RFC 2 338 . T he i mpl emen tat i on of V RRP on t he H P 9304M , H P 9 308M, and HP 6308M -SX routing swit ches p[...]

  • Seite 539

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Configuration Rules for S RP • Vi rtu a l i n te rfaces c ann ot b e assi gn ed as trac k port s. • The keep -a li ve -t im e va lue mu st be set to the same va lue on bo th the a c tive an d s t andby rou t er w hen bot h route r s a r e c on nected to the same sub-ne t. • The route r-dead-ti[...]

  • Seite 540

    C onfigu r ing SR P Assign V i rtual Router I P Addresses In the ex ampl es in thi s sect ion, SR P is used t o provi de a redun dant p a th betw e en Ho st 1 and Ho st 3 t o ensure a gains t fai lur e o f the pri mar y p a th . See Figure 13.5. Host 1 Host 2 Vir tual Router Router 1 Router 2 Default Router 192.53.5.1 192.53.5.1 192.53.5.1 192.53.5[...]

  • Seite 541

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T o es tabli sh the vi rtu a l I P addres s 192.55 . 4.1 for inte rfac e C define d by IP addres s 1 92.55.4.2 and Etherne t port 2/ 1, e n te r the fo llowing co mmands : Router1(config)# inter e 2/1 Router1(config-if-2/1)# ip srp address 192.55.4.2 vir-rtr-ip 192.55.4.1 other-rtr-ip 192.55.4.3 Not[...]

  • Seite 542

    C onfigu r ing SR P EXAM P LE: T o make Ro ute r 1 th e a c tive rou t er , as sign a pre f ere nce va lu e t o in terface s A and C that i s hig her than the pr efe r enc e v al ue of i n terfac es B and D on Ro uter 2. T o assi gn a pref erence value of 200 to interfaces A and C, you w o uld en ter the f o ll owing c omma nds : Router1(config)# i[...]

  • Seite 543

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e EXAM P LE: T o defi ne and a ssig n t he vi rtual route r IP addres ses for R outer 1 , shown in Fi gure 13.5 , you wou ld need to define tw o separ ate virtual IP a ddress es fo r interfa ces A and C as well as li nk ing thos e addre ss to the IP a ddre sses of the phys i cal in terf aces fo r A an[...]

  • Seite 544

    C onfigu r ing SR P 10 . S el ect the tr ack p or t b y select ing a box n ext to the desi re d i nterf ace. Fo r pu rpos es of th is exam pl e, yo u w ould se lect int e rfa ce 1 a s the t r ack p o rt f o r i n terf ace A o n ro ute r 1. NOTE: The t r ac k p o rt i s a physic al po rt that i s used to tra ck the st atu s of ports tha t provi de r[...]

  • Seite 545

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Configuring SRP on V i rtual Interfaces A virtua l in terfac e will by de fault re mai n activ e un til all underly i ng links go do wn. If you w a nt the vi rtu a l link to go to SRP s t an dby s t at e w hen a subset o f th e ports goe s dow n, you need to co nfigure trac k port s. PC1 192.147.201[...]

  • Seite 546

    C onfigu r ing SR P USING THE CLI T o conf igu r e t he I P sub-n e t VLAN wi th port m em bers hip of 1, 2, and 3, you w ould e n ter the fol l ow i ng comm ands: HP9300(config)# vlan 1 HP9300(config-vlan-1)# ip-subnet 192.1 47.200.0 255.255.255.0 HP9300(config-vlan-ip-subnet)# static e1 to 3 HP9300(config-vlan-ip-subnet)# router- int ve1 T o e na[...]

  • Seite 547

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 13 - 16[...]

  • Seite 548

    Chapter 14 Configu ri ng IPX This ch apter d esc ribes ho w to con f igure the Interne t Pac ket Exch ange (IP X ) pro t ocol on the H P 9304M, H P 9 308M, and HP 63 08M-SX routi ng swit ches using the CL I a nd We b m an ageme nt i n te rface. T o disp lay I PX confi gura t io n i n for mat ion and s t ati sti cs , s ee “ Disp la ying IPX C onf [...]

  • Seite 549

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 6. Assign RIP , SAP , and Forward fil t er g r oups (opt ion a l). 7. Modi fy the maxi mum number of SAP and RIP Route entries s upporte d (optiona l). 8. Modi fy the ho p count in cremen t f o r RIP and SAP br oad cast packets (opti ona l). 9. Modi fy the maxi mum adverti se me nt p acket size for RIP a[...]

  • Seite 550

    C onfigur ing IPX 4. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s ave th e c onf igu r ation ch ang e to the s t artup-conf ig file on the devic e ’ s f l ash m emory . 5. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Comm and in the tree view to list the command op tio ns. 6. Selec t t he Re load link an d s el[...]

  • Seite 551

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide NOTE: Once y ou con f igure an interfac e w i th a ne twork number a nd frame ty pe, you can defin e filte r s and assig n them to the int e rfa c e. Figu re 14. 1 D efi ning an d assi gning IPX Forwa rd , RIP an d SAP filt ers USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE T o assi gn IPX t o in ter f aces 1, 2[...]

  • Seite 552

    C onfigur ing IPX 6. Enter th e ne tw or k numb er . 7. Selec t th e fram e type from the pu ll dow n m enu . 8. Enable N e tBIOS if des ire d. 9. Cl ick th e Add b u tton to ap ply the changes to the de vice ’ s run n in g-config file . 10 . S el ect the Save link a t the b o ttom o f th e dialog. Select Y es w hen pro mpt ed to s av e the c onf[...]

  • Seite 553

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 5. Enter a fil t er ID va lue fro m 1 – 32. 6. Selec t ei th er Permi t or De ny . 7. Enter the a p pr opri a te numbe r for the destinat ion socket of th e appl ication running in the Soc k et field . If yo u en ter all ze ros in thi s field, the fil t er w i ll acc ept an y soc ke t. 8. Enter the So [...]

  • Seite 554

    C onfigur ing IPX 14. Sel ec t the p o rt o r sl ot/port comb ina t ion to which you ar e as si gning the fil t er( s ). 15. C he ck eithe r or both of the In Filter and Ou t Filter boxes . If yo u c heck the In Fil t er b o x, all i ncomi ng traf fic i s filte r ed as define d. If y ou c he ck the Ou t Filte r box, all outgo i ng traffic is filte [...]

  • Seite 555

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide • If you a r e m odi fying an ex istin g IPX RI P filte r , clic k on the Modif y bu tton t o th e right of the row de scrib i ng the filte r to dis play the IPX R IP Fil t er c onf ig urati on panel, as s how n in the fol l ow i ng exa mpl e. 5. Enter a Fi lter ID v a lu e in the Filte r ID fi eld . 6[...]

  • Seite 556

    C onfigur ing IPX Configuring IPX S AP Access Control Lists (AC L s) Y o u c a n configu r e Ac cess Co ntrol Li sts (ACL s) for fil t eri ng Serv ice Adve rtisem ent Proto col (SAP) repli es se nt on a routing sw it ch ’ s IPX interfaces . Y o u c onf igure IPX SAP ac cess lists on a gl obal ba sis, the n ap ply t hem to the IPX i nbound or outb[...]

  • Seite 557

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide The [ < net wo rk-ma sk> .<node-ma sk>] para met er l e ts y ou spe cify a c om pari son mask fo r th e n e twor k and node. The m ask consi s ts of ze ros (0) an d ones (f). Ones ind ica te signific ant bits. For e xampl e, to c onf igu r e a ma sk tha t ma tches on ne twor k ab cdef xx , w [...]

  • Seite 558

    C onfigur ing IPX The < se r vic e -typ e> [ < server-name> ] param e ter lets you s pec ify a se rvi ce typ e a nd, option a ll y , a specific se rver . Us e thes e p a ram e te rs w hen you a r e configu r ing an ACL f o r fi lte r ing Ge t N e arest Se rve r (G NS ) rep lies. Th e se rvice ty pe is a he xadecim al num ber . T o s pec[...]

  • Seite 559

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide 4. Enter the new val ue fo r the tab l e size . The value you enter s pecifi es the ma ximu m numbe r of entr i es t he tab le c an hold. 5. Cl ick Ap ply to sa ve the chang es to the devic e ’ s runn ing - confi g file . 6. Select the Sa ve link a t the b o ttom o f the di alog. Sele ct Y es w hen pro[...]

  • Seite 560

    C onfigur ing IPX M odif y the RI P A d ve rtise m ent P acket S i ze The defau l t IPX R IP packet size is 4 32 b y te s, wh ich al low s 50 r oute s pl us 32 byt e s o f heade r in a n IPX R I P u pdate pa cket . Each rout e req uir es eig ht byt es. Y ou can c onf igu r e t he packet s ize to be from 40 bytes (e nough f o r one route ) – 1 488[...]

  • Seite 561

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Modify the RIP Adv e rtiseme n t Interval The IPX R I P advertis ement interval sp ecifie s how o ften the rou t in g s w itc h sends IPX R I P u pd a tes to neighbori ng IPX routers . The u pdate i n te rv als are se para t e f o r RIP and SAP an d a r e c onf igu r able o n an i ndi vi dua l i n te rfa[...]

  • Seite 562

    C onfigur ing IPX USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE Y o u cannot m od i fy the SAP a dve rti s em ent i n terv al us ing the W eb ma nagement in terfa ce. Modify the Age T i mer for Learned IPX Routes The age ti mer spe cif ies h ow ma ny sec on ds a learne d IPX route c an rem a in in th e rou t ing s witch ’ s IPX route tabl e be for e ag [...]

  • Seite 563

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Displaying IPX Co nfi gur ati on In for m ation and S t ati s tics Y o u can u se CLI com m ands a nd We b m an ageme nt o p ti ons to dis play the fol l owing IPX i n for m at ion : • Glob a l IPX pa rame te r se ttin gs – se e “ Di splay ing Glo bal IPX C o nfig ura t ion Informati on ” on pag [...]

  • Seite 564

    C onfigur ing IPX T a ble 14 .1: CLI Display of G l obal IPX Configuration Info rm atio n ( Con t inued) Maximum I PX SAP filte rs H ow m any IPX s e rv ice filte rs yo u c an c onfigu r e i n the rou t ing sw itc h. On som e dev i ces, you can cha nge thi s valu e by cha nging t he amou nt of m emo ry allocat ed for the filte r s. See “ Displa y[...]

  • Seite 565

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide Syntax : sh ow ipx int e rfa ce [etherne t <portnum> | ve <num>] Th e et hern et <portn um> param e ter lets you s pec ify a routing sw i t ch port. Th e ve <num> p a ram et e r lets you spec ify a virtual i n terface (VE). This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a b[...]

  • Seite 566

    C onfigur ing IPX T a ble 14.2 : CLI Di splay o f IPX In terface Informa t ion (Co ntinu e d) sa p-interval The SAP ad ve rtisem ent interval . The IP X SAP advert isem ent interv al sp ec if ie s ho w often the rou t ing s w itc h sends IPX SAP upda tes to neighbori ng IPX rou t ers . T o modif y th is param e te r , s ee “ Mo dif y th e SAP Adv[...]

  • Seite 567

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T abl e 1 4 .3: CLI Dis p la y of IPX Forw a rdi ng Cache This F i eld ... Dis p lay s ... T o tal numbe r of IPX c ac he e n tri es T he nu mbe r of entries i n the forwardi ng cache. Ind ex T he row num ber of this entry in the cac he. Ne twork T he n[...]

  • Seite 568

    C onfigur ing IPX Syntax : sh ow ipx rout e [<num(he x )> ] The <num (he x )> parame t er let s you specify an IPX network numb er . This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 14 .4: CLI Dis p lay of IPX Route T a ble This F i eld ... Dis p lay s ... T o tal numbe r of IPX route entr i es The numbe r of ent ries in the [...]

  • Seite 569

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 14. 5: C LI Di spla y o f IPX Se r ver T able This F i eld ... Dis p lay s ... Ind ex T he index number o f the table entry . Ne twork T he network in wh ich the s e rver is loc a te d. N ode The si x-byt e n ode nu mber . Th e node n um ber can[...]

  • Seite 570

    C onfigur ing IPX This di splay s how s the follo wi ng inform ation. T a ble 14 .6: C L I D i sp lay of IPX T r affic Stati s tic s This F i eld ... Dis p lay s ... Port The port for wh ic h the s tat istic s apply . Only the po rts that hav e IPX int e rfa c es c onfigu r ed on them ar e l i sted. Forw ard T he numbe r of IPX p a cket s received [...]

  • Seite 571

    Ins t allat i on and G e tting Started Guide T abl e 1 4 .7: W e b Dis p lay of IPX T ra ffic Statist i cs (Continued) Rcv Fil t er Pac k et s T he nu mbe r of pac ke ts rec eiv ed by th e routing s w itc h t hat matched an inboun d IPX fil t er . Tx Fil t er Packets T he number of packets queued for sen di ng that match ed a n ou tboun d IPX filte[...]

  • Seite 572

    Chapter 15 Configurin g AppleT alk This c hap ter des cr ibe s how to confi gure App leT alk on H P 9 304M, H P 9 308M, an d HP 6308M -SX routing sw i t ches us ing t he C L I an d the W eb m anagement in terface . T he routi ng sw i t ches suppo rt Pha se II o f Apple T alk routing . For c om p lete s ynt ax informat ion for the CLI c omma nds s h[...]

  • Seite 573

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Zon es Apple T alk zones are logic al grouping s o f App l eT alk n odes defi ned with in and ac ros s mu lti p le ne twork s as shown in Figur e 15.1. For example , th e Finance zone compr i se s tw o separate network s, 500 an d 600. The s e net wo rk num bers are assi gned t o a sp eci f ic in te[...]

  • Seite 574

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k Addit i onall y , this fea t ure helps elimina te unautho riz ed ac cess to devices wi thin rest ric t ed zones . As n ew device s ar e adde d to se cured zones, i n format ion on tho s e devic es is protecte d autom a ti cally . Network Filte r ing Y o u also ca n filte r on a n e tw or k b asis by enabling the Rout ing[...]

  • Seite 575

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Network Layer Support Datagr am Deliv ery Protocol (DDP) DDP pr ovide s con necti onless se rv ice b e tw een a pplicati on s ockets on an AppleT alk network an d a dmi niste rs Appl eT alk a ddre sses . Apple T alk Addr ess Re so lution P r otoc ol (A ARP ) AARP t r ans lates App l eT alk a ddr ess[...]

  • Seite 576

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE 1. L og on to t he dev ic e usi ng a val id us er n ame and pass wo rd for read -write ac cess . The Syste m con f igurat ion di alog is dis play ed. 2. Selec t th e Enable ra dio button next to Apple T alk. 3. Cl ick th e Apply bu tton to apply the c hanges to the de vic e ’ s ru[...]

  • Seite 577

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Savi ng Configur at ion Cha n ge s to th e Inte rface Once you ha ve conf igu r ed th e cabl e range, ne twork addr ess , zo ne(s), and App l eT alk rou t ing for an i n terface, y ou c an pres erv e t he con f igurat ion changes by savi ng the m to flash. HP9300(config-if-1/3)# write memory HP9300([...]

  • Seite 578

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k 8. Begin n in g i n so ftw a r e release 06.x, the App l eT alk AR P age is a g l obal par ame t er ins t ead o f an in terfa ce pa ram e te r . Whe n y ou ente r an ARP ag e v al ue for a port an d appl y the c ha nge to the run n ing-confi g f ile or save the chan ge to th e star tup-con f ig file , the change is s av [...]

  • Seite 579

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e En able AppleT alk R outing on an Interface T o e nable AppleT alk on in terface 1/ 5, u se one of the fol l ow i ng methods. USING THE CLI HP9300(config)# int e 1/5 HP9300(config-if-1/5)# appletalk routing HP9300(config-if-1/5)# end HP9300# write memory HP9300# reload NOTE: By defi nit ion, v a lu [...]

  • Seite 580

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k 8. Begin n in g i n so ftw a r e release 06.x, the App l eT alk AR P age is a g l obal par ame t er ins t ead o f an in terfa ce pa ram e te r . Whe n y ou ente r an ARP ag e v al ue for a port an d appl y the c ha nge to the run n ing-confi g f ile or save the chan ge to th e star tup-con f ig file , the change is s av [...]

  • Seite 581

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Filter in g AppleT alk Zones and Netw or ks Defini ng Zone Filters Zone fil t ering a llows you to define access for a n e twork a nd its nodes by enteri ng singl e p e rmit o r deny CLI comma nds, i nst ead of defini ng an acc ess list fo r each node i nd epende ntl y . By elim ina t in g the need [...]

  • Seite 582

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k USING THE CLI HP9300(config)# interface e1/1 HP9300(config-if-1/1)# appletalk deny zone finance HP9300(config-if-1/1)# int e1/3 HP9300(config-if-1/3)# appletalk deny zone finance HP9300(config-if-1/3)# int e1/13 HP9300(config-if-1/13)# appletalk deny zone finance HP9300(config-if-1/13)# int e1/15 HP9300(config-if-1/15)# [...]

  • Seite 583

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Define Additional Zone Filters W hen def ining AppleT alk z one fil t ers , you must define both deny and p e rmit rela tionships for an interfa ce. Fo r in stanc e, in the previous exam ple , a den y filt er pr event s u ser s w i thin Ma rk eting and Fie ld Service z one s f r om accessi ng t he F[...]

  • Seite 584

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k 5. Selec t th e i n terfac e for whi ch the zone fil t er i s to be defined from the port or sl ot/port p ul l down m en u (s). In this ex ample, you a re defini ng a perm it z one filte r fo r H R for inte rfaces 10 and 14, w h ich h ave member ship in the F i na nce zone . 6. Enter the z one name to whic h acc ess is t[...]

  • Seite 585

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 3. Co nf igur e a phys ical interf ace o n th e r o ut in g switch that pr ovid es ac cess to remote ne tw or ks to support routing b e tw e en l ocal and rem o te App leT al k VLANs. NOTE: By supporti ng assignm ent o f VLAN s on i n ter f aces, the routing s w itc h is funct i oning as a virtua l [...]

  • Seite 586

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k T o conf igu r e t he d e fined App l eT al k VLAN vi rtu a l i n terfac e v e3, enter the foll ow i ng c omm ands: HP9300(config-if-1/8)# int ve 3 HP9300(config-vif-3)# appletalk cable-range 100 - 100 HP9300(config-vif-3)# appletalk address 100.50 HP9300(config-vif-3)# appletalk zone-name Marketing HP9300(config-vif-3)#[...]

  • Seite 587

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USNG THE CL I HP9300(config)# vlan 2 by port HP9300(config-vlan-2)# untag e1/3 to 1/4 HP9300(config-vlan-2)# atalk-proto HP9300(config-vlan-atalk-proto)# static e1/3 to 1/4 HP9300(config-vlan-atalk-proto)# router-interface ve 5 HP9300(config-vlan-atalk-proto)# end HP9300(config-vlan-2)# vlan 3 by po[...]

  • Seite 588

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k • Apple T alk RTMP updat e i n ter v al • Apple T alk ZIP query in ter v al The f o llowin g s ect ions descri be the se par ame t ers a nd s how how to c ha nge the m. AppleT alk ARP Age T o cha nge the App l eT alk AR P age in so ftware rel ease 0 6. X or l a ter , use one of the f o llowing m e th ods . USING THE [...]

  • Seite 589

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -w rit e ac c e ss . 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o App[...]

  • Seite 590

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -w rit e ac c e ss . 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o App le T al k in t he tre[...]

  • Seite 591

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -w rit e ac c e ss . 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o App[...]

  • Seite 592

    Co nfiguri ng App l eT al k Clearing AppleT alk In fo rmat ion USING THE CLI W hen us ing the CL I, you c an clear AppleT alk data b y ente r in g the fo llowin g C LI co mmands: • cl ear a pple t alk arp c ach e : Erase s all data in the App l eT alk ARP table, a s disp layed by th e show appletal k ar p comman d. • cl ear appleta l k for w ar[...]

  • Seite 593

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 15 - 22[...]

  • Seite 594

    Chapter 16 Configurin g VLANs This ch apter d esc ribes ho w to con f ig ure Vi rtual LAN s (VLAN s ) o n the H P 9 304 M, HP 93 08M, and H P 6308M -SX routing s w itc hes and the HP 6208M-SX s w itc h. Th e “ Overv iew ” section p r ov ide s ba sic in formation a bout the VL AN op tions . Fol l ow i ng this sect io n, oth e r s e ction s pr ov[...]

  • Seite 595

    Advanced Configu ration and Ma nagemen t Guide 16 - 2 When a dev ice receiv es a pack et on a port th at is a memb er of a VLAN, the d evice forwards th e packet ba sed on the foll owing VL AN hierarc hy: • If the po rt belongs to an I P sub-n et VLAN, IPX netw ork VLAN , or AppleT alk cable VL AN, and the packe t belongs to the correspo nding IP[...]

  • Seite 596

    Conf igur ing V LANs 16 - 3 Layer 2 traffic is br idged within a port-ba sed VLAN a nd Layer 2 broadcasts are sent to all the ports within th e VLAN. Layer 3 Protocol-B ased VLANs If you w ant som e or al l of the ports w ithin a po rt-based VLAN to b e organiz ed according to Layer 3 pro tocol , you must conf igure a Layer 3 pr otocol-based VLAN w[...]

  • Seite 597

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e For exam ple, i f y ou con f ig ure two IP sub-ne t VLA Ns on a routing sw i t ch, you can c onfi gur e a vi rtual in terface on ea ch VLAN, the n c onf igu r e IP rout ing param e ters fo r the sub-n e ts . T hus, the routi ng swit ch forwa r ds IP sub-n et br oadca sts wi thin ea ch VL AN at La ye[...]

  • Seite 598

    Conf igur ing V LANs 16 - 5 Default VLAN By defau lt, all the ports on a devic e are in a s ingle port-based VLAN. his VLAN is cal l ed DE F AUL T -VLAN an d is VLAN numbe r 1. The routin g switche s and the swit ch do not contai n any protocol VLANs or IP sub-ne t, IPX network, o r AppleT alk cab le VLANs by defaul t. Figure 16 .3 sho ws an e xamp[...]

  • Seite 599

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Untagged P acket Format 6 bytes Destination Address 6 bytes Source Address 2 bytes T ype Field Up to 1500 bytes Data Field 4 bytes CRC Ether net II 802.1q T ag ged Pac ket Format IEEE 802.3 Ethernet II with 802.1q tag IEEE 802.3 with 802.1q tag 6 bytes Destination Address 6 bytes Source Address 2 by[...]

  • Seite 600

    Conf igur ing V LANs 16 - 7 Figure 16.5 VLANs configured across multiple devi ces Spanning T ree Protocol (STP) The defa ult state of STP depend s on t he devic e type: • STP is di sabled by defau lt on t he HP 930 4M, HP 93 08M, and HP 63 08M-SX routi ng switches. • STP is en abled by defaul t on the HP 6208M -SX switc h. Also by defaul t, eac[...]

  • Seite 601

    Advanced Configu ration and Ma nagemen t Guide 16 - 8 blocke d, the virtual interface can s till ro ute so long as at least one port in the virtual i nterface ’ s protoc ol VLA N is not bl ock ed by S TP . NOTE: If you plan to connect the device to networkin g devices that run onl y a single instanc e of STP on al l ports, you can c onfigu re the[...]

  • Seite 602

    Conf igur ing V LANs 16 - 9 Dynamic, Static, and Excluded Port Membership When y ou add ports to a pr otocol VL AN, IP su b-net VLAN , IPX n etwork VLAN , or Appl eT alk cable VLAN, you can add t hem dyna mica lly or static ally: • Dynamic ports • Static po rts Y ou also can exp licitly exclu de port s. Dynamic Ports Dynamic ports are added to [...]

  • Seite 603

    Advanced Configu ration and Ma nagemen t Guide 16 - 10 Static Ports Static po rts are perm a nen t memb ers of the protocol V LAN. he ports re main a ctive m embers of the VLAN regardles s of wheth er the ports receive traffic for the VLAN ’ s protoc ol. Y ou mu st expli citly id entify the port as a static port when you a dd it to the VLA N. Oth[...]

  • Seite 604

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Su per Aggregated VLANs Y o u can a ggr ega te m ult ip le VLAN s wi thi n a nother VLAN . Th is fe atu r e allo ws you to c on s truct Lay er 2 p a ths a nd c hanne ls. Th is fea t ure is pa rticula r ly usefu l fo r V i rtual Pri va t e N e twork (VPN) appl ications ins w h ich you need to pr ovide a p r ivate , dedic a ted [...]

  • Seite 605

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Routing Bet w een VLANs (Routing Swi tch es Only) The routi ng switche s can loca lly route IP , IPX, a nd Appl eta lk be tween VLAN s defined w i thi n a si ngle ro uting sw itc h. All oth e r routab le protocols or protoco l VLANs ( f or e xampl e, De cN et ) m ust be rou t ed by anothe r exter na[...]

  • Seite 606

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs There is a s ep a rat e STP dom ain fo r each po rt-ba s ed VLAN . Rout ing oc curs independe ntl y ac ross port-ba se d VLANs or STP doma ins. Y o u ca n de fine ea ch end of each ba ckbon e link as a sepa rate tagge d port-based VLAN . Rout in g w ill oc cu r i nd epende ntl y acr o ss t he port-ba s ed VLAN s. Beca use e ac[...]

  • Seite 607

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Po r t 2 IP sub-net 2 IPX network 2 AppleT alk cable range 200 AppleT alk zone “ CTP ” 6208M-SX P or ts 5 - 8 IP sub-net 2 IPX network 2 AppleT alk cable range 2 AppleT alk zone “ CTP ” 6308M-SX Po r t 1 IP sub-net 1 IPX network 1 AppleT alk cable range 100 AppleT alk zone “ Prepress ” L[...]

  • Seite 608

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs VLAN “ BR OWN ” VLAN “ GREEN ” 6208M-SX C IP sub-net 2 IPX network 2 Atalk 200.1 Zone “ B ” port 5 IP sub-net 1 IPX network 1 Atalk 100.1 Zone “ A ” 6208M-SX A 6208M-SX B 6308M-SX Root Bridge for VLAN “ BR O WN ” Root Bridge for VLAN “ GREEN ” port 4 = STP block ed VLAN VLAN 3 “ GREEN ” P orts 6 - 8[...]

  • Seite 609

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP6208-A(config-vlan-3)# tag ethernet 7 to 8 HP6208-A(config-vlan-3)# spanning-tree HP6208-A(config-vlan-3)# write memory Conf ig uring 6 208M -SX B Enter the f o llowing c omma nds to confi gure 6208M-SX B: HP6208> en HP6208# configure terminal HP6208(config)# hostname HP6208-B HP6208-B(config)#[...]

  • Seite 610

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Modifying a Por t -Based V L AN Y o u can m ake the fol l ow i ng m odi fica tion s to a port-ba s ed VLAN : • Add o r del ete a VLAN port. • Ch ange its pr iority . • Enable o r disab le STP . Removi ng a P ort-Ba sed VL AN Suppose you w ant to rem ove VL AN 5 f r om the exam ple in Figure 16 .10. T o do so , u se the f[...]

  • Seite 611

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 4. Enter the f o llowing c omma nds to exit the VLAN CO NF IG m ode an d s ave th e configu r ation to the s ys tem- c onfig file on fla sh me mo ry: HP6208-A(config-vlan-4)# HP6208-A(config-vlan-4)# end HP6208-A# write memory HP6208-A# As si gn ing a Highe r Prior ity to a VL AN Suppose you w ant e[...]

  • Seite 612

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Enable Sp a nning T ree on a VL AN The s pa nning tree bridge and port pa ram e te rs are c on f igurable using one C LI co mmand s e t a t th e G lo bal Conf igura t ion Leve l o f each Port-bas ed VLAN . Supp ose y ou w a nte d to en able the IEEE 802.1d STP a c ross VLAN 3. T o do so, use t he f o ll owing m e thod. NOTE: W[...]

  • Seite 613

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Pri o rit y – a p a rame ter u sed to id enti fy the roo t bri dge in a n e tw or k. The bridge wi th the lo west va lue has t he hi ghest pri o rit y a nd is the roo t. Pos sib le value s : 1 – 65,53 5 . Defaul t i s 32 ,678. Por t Param e ter s (a pplied t o a specified port w ith in a VLA[...]

  • Seite 614

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs T o conf igu r e t he V L AN s sho w n i n Figure 16 .1 1, use the fo llo wi ng pro ce dure . USING THE CLI 1. T o pe rmanentl y assign ports 1 – 3 and port 8 to IP s ub- net VLAN 1. 1.1 . 0, enter th e follow ing c omma nds HP6208> en No password has been assigned yet... HP6208# config t HP6208(config)# HP6208(config)# i[...]

  • Seite 615

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e the flat IP and IPX segment with co nnecti vity to the rest of the n e two r k. Wit h in VLAN 4 IP and IPX wil l follo w the STP top o logy . All oth e r IP sub - nets a nd IPX n e twork s w ill be ful ly rou t ed and have us e of all paths at all time s du rin g no rmal operation. Figure 16 .12 sho[...]

  • Seite 616

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs T o conf igu r e t he L aye r 3 VLAN s an d v i rtu al int e rfa c es on the ro uting s w itc hes in Figu re 1 6 .12 , us e the fol l ow i ng pr ocedu re. USING THE CLI Conf ig uring 9 304 A Enter the f o llowing c omma nds to co nfigure 93 04 A. The f o llow ing c om ma nds enab le OSPF or R IP routing an d IPX routing . HP93[...]

  • Seite 617

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Do the sa me thing for VLAN 8. HP9300-A(config-vif-1)# vlan 8 name IPX_Network2 HP9300-A(config-vlan-8)# untag ethernet 1/5 to 1/8 HP9300-A(config-vlan-8)# no spanning-tree HP9300-A(config-vlan-8)# router-interface ve 2 HP9300-A(config-vlan-8)# other-proto name block-other- protocols HP9300-A(config[...]

  • Seite 618

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs HP9300-A(config-vlan-4)# tag ethernet 4/1 to 4/2 HP9300-A(config-vlan-4)# spanning-tree HP9300-A(config-vlan-4)# spanning-tree priority 500 HP9300-A(config-vlan-4)# router-interface ve5 HP9300-A(config-vlan-4)# int ve5 HP9300-A(config-vif-5)# ip address 1.1.3.1/24 HP9300-A(config-vif-5)# ip ospf area 0.0.0.0 HP9300-A(config-vi[...]

  • Seite 619

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • There is no nee d t o in clude a virt ual interfa ce wi thin VLAN 4. • Th e bac kbone VL AN between 9304 B and 9 304 C must be the same at b o th ends an d requ ires a new VL AN ID. The VLAN ID for this po rt-base d VL AN is VLAN 7. Conf ig ur at ion for 9304 B Enter the f o llowing c omma nds[...]

  • Seite 620

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs HP9300-B(config-vlan-ipx-network)# static e2/5 to 2/8 HP9300-B(config-vlan-ipx-network)# router-interface ve 4 HP9300-B(config-vlan-ipx-network)# other-proto name bl ock-other-protocols HP9300-B(config-vlan-other-proto)# exclude e2/1 to 2/8 HP9300-B(config-vlan-other-proto)# no dynamic HP9300-B(config-vlan-other-proto)# interf[...]

  • Seite 621

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9300-C(config-ospf-router)# area 0.0.0.0 normal HP9300-C(config-ospf-router)# router ipx HP9300-C(config-ospf-router)# vlan 2 name IP-Subnet_1. 1.9.0/24 HP9300-C(config-vlan-2)# untag e1/1 to 1/4 HP9300-C(config-vlan-2)# no spanning-tree HP9300-C(config-vlan-2)# router-interface ve1 HP9300-C(confi[...]

  • Seite 622

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs HP9300-C(config-vif-4)# vlan 4 name Bridged_ALL_Protoc ols HP9300-C(config-vlan-4)# untag ethernet 3/1 to 3/8 HP9300-C(config-vlan-4)# tag ethernet 4/1 to 4/2 HP9300-C(config-vlan-4)# spanning-tree HP9300-C(config-vlan-4)# vlan 7 name Rtr_BB_to_Bldg.2 HP9300-C(config-vlan-7)# tag e4/1 HP9300-C(config-vlan-7)# no spanning-tree [...]

  • Seite 623

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Y o u can not have an Apple T alk cabl e VLAN and an Apple T alk pr oto col VLAN in the same p o rt-based VLAN . If y ou alre ady h ave an App l eT alk p r oto col VLAN in the port - based VLAN , you m ust delet e the Apple T alk pr oto c ol VLAN firs t, then co nfigure the App l eT alk c able V[...]

  • Seite 624

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs The f o llowin g c omma nds ad d four AppleT alk c able VL ANs, i n gr oup s of three comm ands eac h. The ap pleta l k- ca bl e- v l an comm an d adds a c abl e V L AN and, with th e o pti on al nam e pa rame ter , names th e VLA N. Th e static comma nd add s s pecif ic ports wi thi n the p o rt-based VLAN to the App l eT alk[...]

  • Seite 625

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9300(config-vif-2)# appletalk zone-name BB HP9300(config-vif-2)# appletalk routing HP9300(config-vif-2)# interface ve 3 HP9300(config-vif-3)# appletalk cable-range 30 - 39 HP9300(config-vif-3)# appletalk address 30.1 HP9300(config-vif-3)# appletalk zone-name CC HP9300(config-vif-3)# appletalk rout[...]

  • Seite 626

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Configuration G uid elines • Y o u cannot d ynamica lly add a port to a proto col VLAN if the port has a ny routing configura t ion p a ram ete rs. For exa mple , t he port canno t have a v i rtu a l interfa ce, IP sub - ne t addr ess, IPX ne twork a ddress , or App le T al k ne twork a ddre s s confi gured o n it. • Once [...]

  • Seite 627

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9300(config-vlan-10)# dynamic HP9300(config)# write memory These c omma nds cr ea te a por t-based VLAN o n chassis ports 1 / 1 – 1/ 6 n a me d “ Mkt g-LAN ” , configur e an IP s ub - ne t VLAN wi th in the port - based VLAN , and the n a dd p o rts fro m the port - based VLAN dynami call y [...]

  • Seite 628

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Configuring Uplink P orts Within a Port-Based VLA N Y o u can conf igu r e a sub set of the p o rts in a p o rt-base d VLAN as uplink ports. Whe n y ou c onf ig ure u p li nk por ts i n a port-bas ed VLAN , the devic e s ends al l bro adc ast a nd unk no wn -un ica st traf fic fro m a p o rt i n th e VLAN to the up link po rts[...]

  • Seite 629

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e VLAN 2 VLAN 3 VLAN 4 HP 9304M or 9308M Routing Switch VLAN 2 VE 1 -IP 10.0.0.1/24 VLAN 3 VE 2 -IP 10.0.1.1/24 VLAN 4 VE 3 -IP 10.0.2.1/24 Figu re 16.14 Mu l tiple po rt-b a sed VLANs w i th separat e pro tocol ad dr esses As s how n in thi s exam pl e, each VL AN has a sepa rate IP sub-n e t a ddr e[...]

  • Seite 630

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs VLAN 2 VLAN 3 VLAN 4 HP 9304M or 9308M Routing Switch VLAN 2 VE 1 -IP 10.0.0.1/24 VLAN 3 VE 2 -Follo w VE 1 VLAN 4 VE 3 -Follo w VE 1 Figu re 16.15 Mu l tiple po rt-b a sed VLANs w i th th e same p rot ocol ad dr es s Each VLAN s t ill requi res a s epa rat e vi rtu al int e rface. Ho wever , all th ree VLAN s now use the sa m[...]

  • Seite 631

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: If the d evi ce ’ s AR P table d oes not contain the req uested ho st, the devi ce forw ar ds the ARP reques t on Laye r 2 t o the s ame VLAN as the on e that received the ARP request. The n the d e vice se nds a n ARP f or the d es t ina t ion to the ot her VLAN s tha t are us ing th e s am[...]

  • Seite 632

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs HP9300(config-vif-3)# ip follow ve 1 NOTE: Sin ce vi rtual i n terfaces 2 and 3 do not ha ve the i r o w n IP sub - net ad dres ses but ins t ea d a re “ fo ll owin g ” vi rtu a l int e rfa c e 1 ’ s I P ad dress, you s t il l can configure an IPX or AppleT alk in ter f ac e on vi rtu a l i n terfaces 2 a nd 3. Configuri[...]

  • Seite 633

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: The device ’ s m emo ry m ust be confi gure d to c onta in at l eas t the n um ber of V L AN s you s pec ify for the hi gher e nd of the ra nge . Fo r example, i f y ou speci f y 2048 a s t he V L AN ID at th e high end of the range, you first must incre ase the m emo ry allocat i on for VLA[...]

  • Seite 634

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs vi rtu a l i n te rface group that h as t he s ame ID as the VL AN group. Y ou can enter thi s comma nd w h en you c onf igu re the VLAN group f o r th e f i rst tim e or l a ter , aft e r y ou have a dd ed tagged port s to the VLAN and so on . The <num > param e te r in the interface g r oup-v e <num> c o mm and s[...]

  • Seite 635

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: If many of your VLANs w il l have an identi cal co nfigura t io n, you m i gh t want to con f igure VL AN gr oups a nd vi rtu al in terfa ce gr oup s afte r you incre a se th e syste m ca pacity f o r V L AN s an d v i rtu al interfa ce s. Se e “ C onfi guring VLAN Gr oups a nd V i rtual Int[...]

  • Seite 636

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs HP9300# reload Syntax : sy st em-ma x vi rt ual-int erface <nu m > The <num > para met er ind ica tes th e max imum num ber of v i rt ual interface s. The range of va lid v al ues depe nds on the d ev i ce y ou a r e c onf igurin g. See T able 16.1. USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE See the W eb m anagemen t p[...]

  • Seite 637

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Client 1 ... Client 3 ... Client 5 Channel = a client VLAN nested inside a P ath sub-net P ath = a single VLAN into which client VLANs are aggregated Client 1 192.168.1.69/24 192.168.1.0/24 Figu re 16.16 Co n ceptual Model of th e S upe r A ggr eg ated VL AN Ap pli cati on Each cl ien t c onnected t[...]

  • Seite 638

    Conf igur ing V LANs 16 - 45 Figure 16.17 Exam ple Super Aggregated VL AN Application In this examp le, a col location servi c e pro vides pri v ate c hanne ls for mul tiple clien ts. Alt hough t he same devices are u sed for all the clie nts, the VLANs e nsure that each client rec eives i ts own L ayer 2 broadcas t domain , separate from t he broa[...]

  • Seite 639

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e • Add the p o rt c on nected to the clien t as an untag ged port. • Add the p o rt c on nected to the core d e vice (th e device tha t wil l a ggregat e the VLANs) a s a tagge d p o rt. This po rt m ust be tagged be cause all the c li ent VLAN s share the por t as an up link t o the c o re devic[...]

  • Seite 640

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs USING THE WEB MAN A GEMENT INTE RF ACE Y o u cannot e nable VLAN a ggregation usin g the W eb managem ent int e rfa ce. Th e o t her opt ion s you need f or c onfigu r ing Agg r egated VLAN s are pre sen t i n ea rlier s oftwa re rele ases and are s upported in th e Web man ageme nt i n terface. See the “ C onfi gur ing V i [...]

  • Seite 641

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9300A(config-vlan-102)# untagged eth ernet 1/2 HP9300A(config-vlan-102)# exit HP9300A(config)# vlan 103 by port HP9300A(config-vlan-103)# tagged ether net 2/1 HP9300A(config-vlan-103)# untagged eth ernet 1/3 HP9300A(config-vlan-103)# exit HP9300A(config)# vlan 104 by port HP9300A(config-vlan-104)#[...]

  • Seite 642

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Comman ds for Device D Device D is at the ot he r e nd o f path and sepa rat e s the chann els back in to indi vidu al VLAN s. The t ag type m ust be the s ame as t ag typ e c onf igu r ed on the oth e r c o re device ( Device C). In addition , VLAN aggreg a tion a l so must be e nabled . HP9300D(config)# tag-type 9100 HP9300D[...]

  • Seite 643

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9300F(config-vlan-103)# exit HP9300F(config)# vlan 104 by port HP9300F(config-vlan-104)# tagged ether net 2/1 HP9300F(config-vlan-104)# untagged eth ernet 1/4 HP9300F(config-vlan-104)# exit HP9300F(config)# vlan 105 by port HP9300F(config-vlan-105)# tagged ether net 2/1 HP9300F(config-vlan-105)# u[...]

  • Seite 644

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs 10. Cli ck the Selec t Port M em bers bu tton to displ ay the follo wing panel . 1 1. Sel ect the por ts you a r e p laci ng in the VLAN . T o selec t a ro w , click on th e c heckbox next to th e row num ber , then cl ick on the Selec t Row butt on. NOTE: Ports high lighte d in gre y ar e m ember s o f a trun k g r oup. T he [...]

  • Seite 645

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 5. Enter the VL AN ID that w i ll co nta i n t he proto col VL AN in the VLAN ID fie l d. 6. Enter a na me for the VLAN in th e Pro t ocol_ V LAN _Na me fie ld. 7. Selec t th e v i rtu al int e rfa ce from the R out er_ I nte r fac e pull do wn li st if y ou confi gured a virtual i n terfac e fo r r[...]

  • Seite 646

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Configuring an IP Sub-Net VLAN 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -w rit e ac c e ss . 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Conf igure in the tree view to expan d the l ist of confi gura t ion optio ns . 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o VLA N in the tree view to expand t he l[...]

  • Seite 647

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: All the por ts m ust be mem ber s o f the port-ba sed VL AN tha t c onta ins this IP s ub- net VLAN. See “ Laye r 3 Proto col -Based VLAN s ” on page 16-3 . 1 1. Cli ck the Add b u tton (if you a r e a dding a n ew VLAN ) or th e M odi fy bu tton (if you are m odifyi ng an exi st i ng VLAN[...]

  • Seite 648

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs 7. Selec t th e v i rtu al int e rfa ce from the R out er_ I nte r fac e pull do wn li st if y ou confi gured a virtual i n terfac e fo r routing i n to an d out o f the VLAN . 8. Selec t th e e nc aps ulation t y pe fro m t he F r ame_T ype fiel d ’ s pu lldow n l ist. 9. Enter the I PX network addres s of the VLAN in the N[...]

  • Seite 649

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 5. Enter the VL AN ID that wi ll conta i n the AppleT alk c able VLAN in the VLAN ID field. 6. Enter a na me for the VLAN in th e Pro t ocol_ V LAN _Na me fie ld. 7. Selec t th e v i rtu al int e rfa ce from the R out er_ I nte r fac e pull do wn li st if y ou confi gured a virtual i n terfac e fo r[...]

  • Seite 650

    Co nf ig ur ing VLANs Displaying VLAN I n form ation Af te r yo u configur e t h e V LAN s, yo u ca n ve ri fy the conf ig ur at ion u sin g t h e f o ll ow in g m eth od s. Disp lay i ng System- W ide VLA N Inf orm ation Us e one o f the fo llowin g m e thods to dis pl ay VLAN in forma t ion fo r all the VL ANs c onf igu r ed on the devic e. USING[...]

  • Seite 651

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Dis p lay i ng VLAN Informati on for Specific Ports Us e one o f the fo llowin g m e thods to dis pl ay VLAN in forma t ion fo r specifi c po rts . USING THE CLI T o disp lay VL AN inform ation for a l l the VLAN s of wh ic h p o rt 7 /1 is a m em ber , enter t he follow ing c omm and : HP9300(confi[...]

  • Seite 652

    Chapter 17 Route Hea l th Injection Y o u can c onf ig ure an H P 9304M, H P 9 308M, and HP 6308M -SX routi ng swit ch to c heck the he alt h of the H TTP a pplic ation a nd “ injec t ” a host route i n to the net wo rk to force a pre f erred ro ute to an act ive ly respo ndi ng w eb host. The w e b ho st c an be directl y a ttac hed to the rou[...]

  • Seite 653

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e HP9308M R2 Real Server R5 Real Server R1 HP6308-SX R1 Real Server R2 209.157.22.249 (VIP) ISP Paris Internet Web client in Los Angeles requests www .net.com When Los Angeles site is av ailable , client ’ s gatew ay router (at ISP) has path to the www .net.com in Los Angeles: IP address ===========[...]

  • Seite 654

    Rou t e Health Injec t io n W hen the web brows er sen ds it s TCP SYN reques t (to in iti a te the HTTP ses si on with the web host), the ga teway rout er us ed by the cl ient ’ s com put er lo oks in it s rou t ing tabl e for the route to the re queste d IP addres s. The rou t er may rec eive mu lti p le paths , in whi ch case the rout er typic[...]

  • Seite 655

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Configur ati on Consid eration s • The routi ng switch and the SLB or real serv er mu st be i n th e s ame IP sub-n e t. • Place th e manage men t st ati on for the SLB o n a dif f ere nt sub - net tha n t he o ne tha t conta i ns the w e b s i te (HTTP ap pli cat io n) w hose health y ou a r e [...]

  • Seite 656

    Rou t e Health Injec t io n In ter f ace Le ve l The fol lo wing comma nds confi gure an IP sub-ne t addres s tha t is in the same s ub-n e t as the w eb sit e ’ s IP address. Enter thes e c ommands on th e i n terfac e that c on nects the rou t in g s w itc h to the rea l se rv er o r to the SLB that is l oad ba lan ci ng f o r the IP addres s. [...]

  • Seite 657

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Th e se rv er real comm and in thi s exa mple config ure s t he H P 6308M-SX to send a n HTTP healt h c hec k to t he HTTP port on IP addre ss 209.157. 22.249. When you pre ss Ent e r after this comma nd, the CL I c ha nge s t o th e Real Serve r lev el of the C L I. Th is le vel allow s you to c on[...]

  • Seite 658

    Rou t e Health Injec t io n CLI Commands for 6308M-SX R3 The f o ll owing c omma nds c onf igu r e 6 308M-SX R 3 for the co nfigura t ion s ho wn in Figure 17.1. Thi s example in clud es the co mmands for m od i fying th e H TTP he alth c hec k interva l a nd retry va lues. HP6308-R3(config) server port 80 HP6308-R3(config-port-80) tcp keepaliv e 1[...]

  • Seite 659

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble 17. 1: R eal Se rv er Infor m at ion (Co ntinu e d) IP The IP a ddre ss of the rea l se rver . If y ou configure d a hos t range of VIPs on the se rver , th e number fol l ow i ng t he I P addres s (after the c ol on) is the number of h ost s o n th e se rver . State T he st ate of the real [...]

  • Seite 660

    Append ix A Network Monitorin g This ch apter p r ovide s a ge nera l over view of mo nit o rin g t ools s up ported o n HP Pr oCurv e sw itc h es a nd routing sw itc hes . C o nfigura t io n e x amples are pro vi ded using the CLI and W eb m an agement i n terfaces . RMO N Suppor t All H P Pro C urv e sw itc he s a nd routi ng sw it ch es come sta[...]

  • Seite 661

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e 2. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o M onitor in the tree view to expan d the l ist of monit o rin g op tions . 3. Cl ick on th e plus si gn next t o Por t in the tree vi ew to expa nd the list o f Por t option links. 4. Clic k on the St at isti cs link t o di splay th e Port Sta t istic ta ble . 5[...]

  • Seite 662

    Netw ork Mo nito rin g Syntax : rmon a l ar m < entry-n umber> <M IB-ob j ect.i nterfac e -nu m> <s ampling-t ime > < sampl e-type > <thresho ld-type> < t hre s ho ld-va l ue> <eve nt-numb e r> <thr esh old -ty pe> <th r eshold-v a lue> <event-num ber> owne r <t ext- st ri ng > USING[...]

  • Seite 663

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: For a com ple te summary of all a v ailable sho w ... CL I c omm and s and the i r displays, s ee the Co mman d Li ne Int e rfa ce Re ferenc e . USING THE WEB MANAG EME NT INTERF ACE 1. L og o n to th e devi ce using a val id us er n am e and p asswor d for rea d -on ly or read -write ac ces s[...]

  • Seite 664

    Netw ork Mo nito rin g Clearing St ati s tic s Y o u can c lea r s t at istic s fo r many pa ram e te rs wi th the clear opti on. USING THE CL I T o de termi ne the ava il abl e cl ear comm and s f o r th e s yst em, e n ter the fol l ow ing comman d: HP9300# clear ? Syntax : cl ear <op t io n> Y o u also ca n e n te r “ clear ” at t he c[...]

  • Seite 665

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e A - 6[...]

  • Seite 666

    Append ix B Protect i ng Against Denial of Service Attacks In a D e nia l of Ser v ic e (DoS) attac k, a route r is flo od ed w i th u sel es s pac k e ts, hinde rin g norma l o pera t io n. HP de vice s i nclu de m easur es for defe ndi ng against t w o types o f Do S atta cks: Smu r f attac ks and TC P SYN attacks. Protecting Against Sm urf Attac[...]

  • Seite 667

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e For each IC MP echo reques t p a cket sent b y t he atta cker , a n um ber of I CMP re pli es equal to the numbe r of hosts on the in terme d iary n e twork are sent to the victi m. If the att a cker generates a la rge volume of ICM P ec ho req uest pa cket s, a nd the intermedi ary network conta i [...]

  • Seite 668

    Pro t ectin g Again st De nial o f Se rvi ce Attac k s • If the nu mbe r of ICM P pac k e ts exceeds th e bu rs t-ma x val ue, all IC MP pa ckets are droppe d for the nu mber of seco nds s pec ified by the loc k up value . W hen the lo ckup period ex pires, the packe t counter is res e t and meas ureme n t is res t arted. In t he exam pl e abov e[...]

  • Seite 669

    --------------- -------------- ----- ---- ------ -------- -- ------------ -------- ------- Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Displaying Statistic s about Packet s Dropped Bec a use of DoS Attacks T o disp lay i n forma t ion abou t IC MP and TCP S YN pac kets dro pped be cause b u rst threshold s we re e xcee ded : HP9300(config)# s[...]

  • Seite 670

    Append ix C Policies and Filters The H P 930 4 M, HP 9308M , and HP 6308M-SX ro uting s w itc hes a nd the HP 6208M -SX s w itc h pr ov ide a r obust a rray of p olici es an d filte r s. Y ou can conf igu r e p o licies and fil t ers to do the fol l ow i ng: • Change Qua lity - of -Serv ice prioritie s fo r in dividua l ports , VLAN s, Laye r 4 f[...]

  • Seite 671

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Scope Some pol icies and filt ers are config ure d a nd appl y globally , w h ile ot hers ar e configu r ed glo bally bu t apply to i ndivi dual p o rts . The f o llowing table lists th e s co pe for e ach ty pe of policy a nd filter . T a ble C . 1: Scopes of Polici es and Filte rs Policy or Fi lte[...]

  • Seite 672

    Policies and Fi lter s Defa ul t F ilt er Action s By de fault , no policies or filt ers ar e defi ne d on the routing sw it ch es a nd s witch. The fol l ow i ng table list s the d e fault ac tion wh en no pol icy o r filter is confi gure d a nd t he defa ul t actio n a fter you c onfi gur e a pol icy o r fi lter . For s o me types of p olicies an[...]

  • Seite 673

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Pol icy and F i lter Pr ecedence QoS Y o u can a pply Qo S policies t o i ndi vidual po rts , VLAN s, st atic MAC a ddr ess , Laye r 4 session s , and App l eT al k sock et s. If a port is a member of two or mo re of these it em s an d ha s diffe re nt priorities, the pr ioriti es are me rged. Howe [...]

  • Seite 674

    Policies and Fi lter s Pol ici es A polic y is a set of rules tha t define s ho w t he de vice h and les pa ckets . T abl e C .3 list s the ty pes of po licies y ou can c onfigu r e o n th e routi ng swit che s and the sw i t ch . T a ble C.3: Policies Policy T y pe Supported on.. . See page.. . Routin g Switch Switc h Qua lity-o f -Serv ice (QoS) [...]

  • Seite 675

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Sy ntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI commands or W eb manag ement in terfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e Q o S p olic i es . T a ble C. 4: QoS Poli cies Qo S Scope CLI syntax Web manage ment links Individua l p o rt HP 9300(config - if-1/1)# pri o rit y <0 -7> C onf igu r e->Po rt VLAN HP 9300(co[...]

  • Seite 676

    Policies and Fi lter s IP sub-ne t and IPX net wo rk VLAN s are si milar , except f o r these VL AN typ es the device exam ine s t he I P sub-ne t or IPX ne twor k ad dr ess. • If the IP s ub- net or I PX network addres s ma tch es the addre ss of the IP s ub-n et VLAN o r IPX n e twork VLAN, the d ev i ce forwards the pa cket. • If the su b-ne[...]

  • Seite 677

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Inbound IP Access P olicy Group for P ort 1/1 P olicyID Action Source Destination 3 Deny 209.157.22.26/32 any 17 Deny 209.157.22.14/32 any 34 Deny 209.157.22.69/32 201.21.2.7/32 1024 Permit any any Figu re D. 1 I P acce[...]

  • Seite 678

    Policies and Fi lter s Sy ntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI commands or W eb manag emen t interfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e IP acc ess polic ies . T abl e C .6 : IP A c cess Pol i cie s CLI s y nta x W eb management lin ks HP 9300 (co n fig ) # i p access -poli cy <poli cy- num> perm it | d en y <ip-addr> <ip - mask> | an y < i p[...]

  • Seite 679

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Figu re D. 2 T CP/UDP Access Po li cies Act i ons TCP/ UD P a ccess po li cies fo rward (perm it) or dro p (de ny) IP pac ke ts based o n the Layer 4 appli cat i on inf o rmatio n in the p a ckets. Scope Y o u confi gur e TCP/ U DP acces s polic ies gl oball y , then apply the m to i ndi vidual p o [...]

  • Seite 680

    Policies and Fi lter s Syntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI commands or W eb manag ement in terfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e TCP/ UDP ac ces s pol icies . T a ble C. 7: TCP/U DP Acc ess Policies CLI syntax Web manageme nt links HP9300 (co n fi g)# ip acc ess- pol icy < policy-n u m> permi t | den y <i p-add r> <ip-m as k> | a ny <i[...]

  • Seite 681

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e T a ble C.8: Filte r s (Continued) Ap pl eT alk zone filt er s X 21 Ap pl eT alk ne tw or k filt er s X 22 BGP addres s fil t ers X 22 BGP AS-path filt ers X 23 BGP comm unity fi lters X 24 IP/RIP redistr i bu tio n filter s X 26 O SPF red ist rib u tion filt ers X 27 BGP re dist ri bu ti on filt er[...]

  • Seite 682

    Policies and Fi lter s Syntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI commands or W eb manag emen t interfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e M AC fil t ers . T a ble C. 9: M AC Fil t er s CLI syntax W eb ma nagement lin ks HP 9300(conf ig)# mac fil t er < f ilt er-num> permi t | den y any | <H.H.H > any | <H.H.H > etype | I I c | s nap <opera t or[...]

  • Seite 683

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Multica st Filter s Mult icas t fil t ers a r e outbound filters that a pply to p acket s t hat have a Layer 2 m ult icas t addre ss in the de stination MAC addres s fie l d. Y ou can c onfigu r e m ult icas t filter s to fi lter on all multi cast addres s es or a s pe cif ic multi cast a ddre ss. Y[...]

  • Seite 684

    Policies and Fi lter s Figu re D. 3 Add ress- lo ck filt er Act i ons Forward (pe r mit) on ly tho se pac ke ts wi th a M AC a ddre ss tha t the p o rt h as learne d. De ny all o t her packets . Scope Y o u confi gur e a loc k add res s f ilt er g l oball y , b u t you als o specify the port as part of the fil t er . Syntax Us e the fo llowin g C L[...]

  • Seite 685

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Layer 3 Fi lte rs La yer 3 fil t ers co ntrol a devic e ’ s transmissi on and rec eip t o f packets base d o n ro uting p r oto c ol inform ation in the pa cket s. The rou t ing switc hes and s w itc h pr ovide the fo llo wi ng ty pes of Layer 3 fi lte r s: • IP forwar din g fi lte r s (sam e as[...]

  • Seite 686

    Policies and Fi lter s Fi gure D.4 IP / RIP rou t e fil t ers Act i ons • An IP/RIP route filter applied t o ou tbound tra f fic o n a port pe rmi ts or d enies adv ert i sement of ro ute s. • An IP/RIP route filter applied t o in bound traf fic on a port per mits o r denie s lea r nin g of th e route. When the de vice learns a n IP/R IP rou t [...]

  • Seite 687

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Act i ons • An IP/RIP neighbor fi lte r applied to o u tboun d tra ff i c on a po rt p e rmits or d eni es advertis ement of r oute s. • An IP/RIP neighbor fi lte r applied to i nboun d tra f fi c o n a po rt permi ts or denies learning of the ro ute s ad vertised by the neigh bo r . W hen the d[...]

  • Seite 688

    Policies and Fi lter s IPX Filter s IPX fil t ers contro l transmi ssion and rece ipt of IPX packets , IPX RI P rou t es, and I PX Service Ad vertisemen t Pro t ocol (SAP) m essa ges . IPX forwa r din g filte rs filter o n s ourc e and de sti nation IPX addre ss an d s ocket in for mat ion . IPX RIP fi lte r s fi lte r base d o n a rout e ’ s ne [...]

  • Seite 689

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e I PX SAP F il t er s IPX Servic e Ad ve rtisem ent Proto col (SAP) filters co ntrol clie nt ac cess to IPX s e rv ers. Act i ons • An IPX SAP filt er applied to inb ound p ackets lear ns or d r ops ad ve rtis ements f o r the s pecif ic se rv ices. • An IPX SAP filt er applied to out bound traff[...]

  • Seite 690

    Policies and Fi lter s Fi gu re D.6 A pple T alk z one filte r Appletalk Zone Filt er s Apple T alk zone filt ers let you s ec u re ac cess to an AppleT alk zone . The filte r contro ls w hether the rout ing sw i t ch in clud es the zone in r eplies to a M AC c hoose r ’ s ZI P Ge tZ oneL ist request. Act i ons An App l eT alk z on e filte r perm[...]

  • Seite 691

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e NOTE: If yo u u se the rtmp-fi ltering | no-r tm p-fil t ering parame t er , you a r e c onf igu r ing an App l eT al k netw o rk filte r . See t he f o ll owing s ec t ion. Appletalk Network Fi lters Rout ing T a ble Main tenance Pro t ocol (R TM P) filter ing e nhanc es a zone filte r by hidin g t[...]

  • Seite 692

    Policies and Fi lter s Act i ons • A BGP4 add res s filt er applied to inbound p acke t s p e rmits (learn s ) o r denie s (drop s) the speci f ie d n e twork ad dr es s i n BGP4 up date s r e ceiv ed fr om a B GP4 ne ighbor . • A BGP4 add res s filt er applied to outbound pac kets perm its (adv ertises ) o r denie s (d rop s ) the s pecif ie d[...]

  • Seite 693

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Scope Y o u define BGP4 AS-path fi lters globa ll y , the n apply the m as pa rt of a BG P4 nei ghbor ’ s d ist rib u te l ist or as part of a m atc h st a t emen t in a r oute map. Syntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI co mmands or W eb manag emen t interfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e BGP4 AS-path filt[...]

  • Seite 694

    Policies and Fi lter s Syntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI commands or W eb manag ement in terfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e BGP4 com m unity fil t ers . T able C.2 2 : BGP4 Comm unity Filte rs CLI s y nta x Web ma nageme nt links HP 9300( con f ig-bgp -rou t er)# commun ity - fil t er <filter-num> p e rm it | deny <n um> | int e rne t | no[...]

  • Seite 695

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Fi gure D. 7 O SPF r e di stri bu ti on filters IP /RI P Redistr i butio n Filters IP/ R IP red ist ributio n fi lte r s c ont rol redistri bution of route s f r om oth e r pro t ocols i n to RIP . A device ru nning RI P ca n redis t ri bute st ati c route s, OSPF rou t es, and BGP4 routes (if BG P4[...]

  • Seite 696

    Policies and Fi lter s Syntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI co mmands or W eb manag ement in terfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e IP/ R IP red ist rib u tio n f ilte r s. T abl e C.2 3 : IP/ R IP Red i stribu tion Filte rs CLI s y nta x W eb manage ment lin ks HP9300(c onf ig-r ip-router)# p e rmit | d eny redis t rib u te <fi l ter-nu m> all | bgp |[...]

  • Seite 697

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e Syntax Us e the fo llowin g C LI co mmands or W eb manag emen t interfa ce panels t o c onfigu r e BGP4 redistribu tion fi lters. T a ble C.2 5 : BGP4 Redist ri bution Fil t ers CLI s y nta x Web ma nageme nt links HP9300(co nf ig-bgp-ro ut er)# re dist ri bu te rip | ospf | st at ic [matc h inte rn[...]

  • Seite 698

    Ind ex Numer i cs 8 02.1 p QoS priority 2-1 4 , 1 6 -5 A AARP 1 5 -4 Abdic a ti on VRRP 1 2 -1 8 ABR 8 -2 di spla ying i n forma t io n 8-48 OSPF 8 -2 Access Cont rol Li st. See AC L. Ac cess polic y C- 7, C -9 ACL AS-p a th 10 -47 BGP4 AS-p a th 10- 47 commun ity 10 -53 commun ity 10 -53 IP 3-1 IPX/SAP 14-9 Policy- Based R o uting 3 - 24 st ric t [...]

  • Seite 699

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e VLAN 15- 13, 16-3 , 16 -20 ZIP query int e rval 1 5 -1 9 z one 15 -5 filte r 15 -2, C-2 0 z one fi lter 15-1 0 Apple T al k C a ble VLAN dy nami c port add 16-32 Apple T al k c able VLAN 16-1, 16-2 9 c onfigu r ing 16 -55 Apple T al k route r 15-7 Apple T al k s ocket Qo S priority 2-2 5 Area OSPF 8[...]

  • Seite 700

    un -suppres si ng a rou t e 1 0 -1 17 BootP h ops 6-7 2 IP addres s st amp 6-71 Broadcas t di rec t ed 6-3 2 filte r C-13 l eaks 16-1 0 BSR 9 - 13 di spla ying 9 - 20 Ca ble Apple T al k rang e 15-5 Apple T al k VLAN 16-29 Ca che ARP di spla ying 6 - 85, 6-1 01 IP hos t di spla ying 6 - 88 IPX 14-1 9 PIM - SM 9-2 5 , 9 - 26 CIDR 6 -18, 6-80 Co nfed[...]

  • Seite 701

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e STP 5-3 Encaps ulat i on DVMRP 9 -49 Even t RM ON Gro up 9 A-3 Exclude d p o rt VLAN 16- 10 Exit ove r flo w interval OSPF 8 - 37 Extended IP ACL 3-9 External LSA di spla ying 8 - 45 F Fast ex ternal f a llover 1 0 -24 Fast Port Span 5-1 3 Fast Up li nk Spa n 5-15 Filte r C-1 Apple T al k n e tw or [...]

  • Seite 702

    I IG MP c onfigu r ing 9-2 maximu m r e spon s e ti me 9-3 member sh ip ti me 9-3 q uery in terval 9-2 Inactiv i ty time r PIM - DM 9-1 1 Injec ti on 1 7 -1 Interface Apple T al k 1 5 -5 e nablin g 1 5 -8 DVMRP para me ters 9- 47 IP route fi lte r 7-1 5 IP/ R IP di spla ying i n forma t io n 6-83 IPX c onfigu r ing 14 -3 di spla ying i n forma t io[...]

  • Seite 703

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e a ge t imer l earned rout es 14-1 5 l earned SAP entrie s 1 4 -15 c onfigu r ing 14 -1 in ter f ac e 1 4 -3 di spla ying i n forma t io n 14-16 forward i ng cach e 14-19 route 14-2 0 se rver tabl e 14-21 summar y 14 -16 e nablin g 1 4 -2 filte r forwar d 1 4- 5, C- 19 GN S repli es 14-1 0 fra me typ[...]

  • Seite 704

    VRRP 1 2 -4, 12 -16 ho ld BGP4 10-2 3 jo in PIM - SM 9-1 7 k eepal ive BGP4 10-2 3 SRP 1 3 -1 1 pr obe DVMRP 9 -46 pr une DVMRP 9 -45 PIM - DM 9-9 PIM - SM 9-1 7 Me tr ic BGP4 10- 29, 10 -31 DVMRP 9 -48 OSPF redis t ri bution 8-27 , 8- 33 redis t ri buti on IP/ R IP 7-8 Modi fyin g O SPF c ompli an ce setti ng 8 - 36 O SPF d e fa ult por t param e [...]

  • Seite 705

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e l oad sh aring 8 - 30 LS DB maximu m 8 - 38 modi fying port param e ters 8- 36 ne ighbo r 8-2 0 Not So Stubb y Area c onfigu r ing 8-1 1 NSSA c onfigu r ing 8-1 1 ov ervi ew 8-1 pa ram e ters 8-7 redis t ri buti on 8-24 , C -27 e nablin g 8 - 28 me tri c 8-27 me tri c typ e 8-33 RFC compli ance 8-4 [...]

  • Seite 706

    excl uded 16-1 0 st ati c 16-1 0 types 1 6 -9 Port-ba sed VLA N c onfigu r ing 16 -50 de fau l t 16-5 , 16-13 Preempt VRRP backup 1 2-18 Pr ef ix 6- 80 Pri o rit y 8 02.1 p 2- 14, 16-5 Apple T al k s ocket 2-25 po rt 2- 1 1 QoS 2 -1 assi gnin g 2 - 11 sessi on 2 - 17 st at ic MA C en tr y 2 - 16 tra ck port SRP 1 3 -3 VRRP 1 2 -5 VLAN 2-1 2 , 1 6 -[...]

  • Seite 707

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e l oad ba lan ci ng 6 - 41 VLAN 16- 3, 1 6 -12 , 16 -21 Apple T al k 1 5 -1 3 Ro ute dampe nin g st at is tics 10 -7 9, 10-1 11 Ro ute dis card time DVMRP 9 -44 Ro ute exp i re tim eout DVMRP 9 -44 Ro ute flap damp ening 10-6 9 st at is tics cl earin g 1 0 -78 , 10-80, 10-114 un -suppres si ng a rou [...]

  • Seite 708

    Fast Up li nk Spa n 5-15 si ngle 5-1 7 st at is tics A-4 VLAN 16- 7, 1 6 -19 Str ict Qo S method 2-3 Sy st em di spla ying in fo rma t ion A-3 T Table m ap 10-6 8 Tagged p o rt 2-14 , 16-5 TCP/ UDP acces s policy C -9 Threshol d TT L IP 6-32 Time u pdate IP/ R IP 7-1 0 Total ly stubb y a r ea OSPF c onfigu r ing 8-1 1 Trace r oute IP multi c as t 9[...]

  • Seite 709

    Advanced C onfigu r ation and Management G u id e au the n ti catio n 12 -5, 12-1 4 ba ckup 12-15 pr iority 12- 15 ba ckup pr eemp t 12 -18 c onfigu r ing 12 -1, 12-1 2 d ead in terval 12-1 6 di fferences fro m SRP 13-7 di fferences fro m SR P and VR R PE 12-8 he llo 12 -4 he llo ti mer 12-16 mast er 12-1 5 mast er negotia tio n 12 -4 mult ip le VL[...]

  • Seite 710

    T echnical information in this document is subject to change without notice. ©Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company 2000. All rights reser ved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws. Manual Part Number 5969-2363[...]